Filed by Bowne Pure Compliance
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
or
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Commission File Number: 001-32407
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
20-1700361 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
1981 N. Broadway, Suite 385
Walnut Creek, California 94596
(925) 949-5100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrants principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered |
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $0.001
per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ
No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large
accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer þ
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
Based on the closing price of $16.65 of the registrants Common Stock on the New York Stock
Exchange on June 30, 2008 (the last business day of the registrants most recently completed second
fiscal quarter), the aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of
the registrant on that date was approximately $608,147,843.
As of February 23, 2009, there were 45,227,156 shares of the Registrants common stock
outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrants Proxy Statement for its 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held
on April 30, 2009 are incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K in response to
Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
Table of Contents
2
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY
2008 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, American Reprographics Company, ARC, the Company,
we, us, and our refer to American Reprographics Company, a Delaware corporation, and its
consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise dictates.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words believe,
expect, anticipate, estimate, intend, plan, targets, likely, will, would,
could, could, and variations of such words and similar expressions as they relate to our
management or to the Company are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These
forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to
differ materially from those contemplated herein. We have described in Part I, Item 1A-Risk
Factors a number of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our projections or
estimates. These factors and other risk factors described in this report are not necessarily all of
the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in
any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our
results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments
anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the
expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, you are cautioned not to
place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
Except where otherwise indicated, the statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are
made as of the date we filed this report with the Securities and Exchange Commission and should not
be relied upon as of any subsequent date. All future written and verbal forward-looking statements
attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by
the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We undertake no obligation, and
specifically disclaim any obligation, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should, however, consult
further disclosures we make in future filings of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports
on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments thereto, as well as our proxy
statements.
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES
We own or have rights to a number of trademarks, service marks, and trade names that we use in
conjunction with the operation of our business, including the name and design mark ARC American
Reprographics Company ® , PlanWell ® , PlanWell PDS ® ,
PlanWell Enterprise SM , and various design marks associated therewith. In addition,
we own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks, and trade names that we use regionally
in conjunction with the operation of our divisions. This report also includes trademarks, service
marks and trade names of other companies.
3
PART I
Item 1. Business
Our Company
We are the leading reprographics company in the United States providing business-to-business
document management services to the architectural, engineering and construction industry, or AEC
industry. We also provide these services to companies in non-AEC industries, such as technology,
financial services, retail, entertainment, and food and hospitality that require sophisticated
document management services similar to our core AEC offerings. Reprographics services typically
encompass the digital management and reproduction of construction documents or other
graphics-related material and the corresponding finishing and distribution services. The
business-to-business services we provide to our customers include document management, document
distribution and logistics and print-on-demand. We also combine these services and offer them
on-site in our customers offices. We often refer to this service line as facilities management.
We provide our core services through our suite of reprographics technology products, a network of
approximately 300 locally branded reprographics service centers, and more than 5,600 facilities
management programs at our customers locations. We also sell reprographics equipment and supplies
to complement our full range of service offerings. Our services are critical to our customers
because they shorten their document processing and distribution time, improve the quality of their
document information management, and provide a secure, controlled document management environment.
In support of our strategy to create technology standards in the reprographics industry, we
license several of our reprographics technology products, including our flagship internet-based
application, PlanWell, to independent reprographers. Most of our licensees are members of our
wholly-owned trade organization, the PEiR Group (Profit and Education in Reprographics), through
which we charge membership fees and provide purchasing, technology and educational benefits to
other reprographers, while continuing to promote our reprographics technology as an industry
standard.
As of December 31, 2008, we operated 299 reprographics service centers, including 291 service
centers in 206 cities in 39 states throughout the United States and the District of Columbia, eight
reprographics service centers in Canada, one in United Kingdom and a joint venture company in China
with three locations. Our reprographics service centers are located in close proximity to the
majority of our customers and offer pickup and delivery services within a 15 to 30 mile radius.
These service centers are arranged in a hub and satellite structure and are digitally connected as
a cohesive network, allowing us to provide our services both locally and nationally. We service
approximately 160,000 active customers and employ approximately 4,500 people, including a sales and
customer service staff of approximately 800 employees.
In terms of revenue, number of service facilities and number of customers, we believe we are
the largest company in our industry, operating in at least ten times as many cities and with more
than nine times the number of service facilities as our next largest competitor. We believe that
our national footprint, our suite of reprographics technology products, and our value-added
services, including logistics and facilities management, provide us with a distinct competitive
advantage.
While we began our operations in California and currently derive approximately 36% of our net
sales from our operations in that state, we have continued to expand our geographic coverage and
market share by entering complementary markets through strategic acquisitions of high-quality
companies with well-recognized local brand names and, in most cases, more than 25 years of
operating history. Since 1997, we have acquired more than 130 companies. It is our preferred
practice to maintain the senior management of companies we acquire. As part of our growth strategy,
we sometimes open or acquire branch or satellite service centers in contiguous markets, which we
view as a low cost, rapid form of market expansion. Our branch openings require modest capital
expenditures and are expected to generate operating profit within 12 months from opening.
Our main office is located at 1981 N. Broadway, Suite 385, Walnut Creek, California, 94596,
and our telephone number at that location is (925) 949-5100.
Available Information
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). You may read and copy any document we file with the
SEC at the SECs public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the
SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet
site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and
other information that issuers file electronically with the SEC. The SECs internet site is
www.sec.gov.
Our internet address is www.e-arc.com. You can access our Investor Relations webpage through
our website,
www.e-arc.com, by clicking on the Investor Relations link at the top of the page.
We make available free of charge, through our
Investor Relations webpage, our proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly
Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or
furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), as soon
as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the
SEC. We also make available, through our Investor Relations webpage, statements of beneficial
ownership of our equity securities filed by our directors, officers, 10% or greater stockholders
and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The reference to our website does not constitute
incorporation by reference of the information contained in the website and should not be considered
part of this document. You can request a printed copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no
cost, by contacting Investor Relations by telephone at 925-945-5100 or in writing to
1981 N. Broadway, Suite 385, Walnut Creek, California 94596, Attention: David Stickney, Vice
President of Corporate Communications.
4
Corporate Background and Reorganization
Our predecessor, Ford Graphics, a sole proprietorship, was founded in Los Angeles, California
in 1960. In 1967, that sole proprietorship was dissolved and a new corporate structure was
established under the name Micro Device, Inc., which continued to provide reprographics services
under the name Ford Graphics. In 1989, we purchased Micro Device, Inc., and in November 1997 our
company was recapitalized as a California limited liability company, with management retaining a
50% ownership position and the remainder owned by outside investors.
In February 2005, we reorganized from American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., a California
limited liability company, or Holdings, into a Delaware corporation, American Reprographics
Company. In the reorganization, the members of Holdings exchanged their common units and options to
purchase common units for shares of our common stock and options to purchase shares of our common
stock. As part of our reorganization, all outstanding warrants to purchase common units of Holdings
were exchanged for shares of our common stock. We conduct our operations through our wholly-owned
operating subsidiary, American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., a California limited liability
company, or Opco, and its subsidiaries.
Acquisitions
In addition to growing the business organically, we have pursued acquisitions to expand and
complement our existing service offerings and to expand our geographic locations where we believe
we could be a market leader. Since 1997, we have acquired more than 130 companies. Our recent
acquisitions include 19 reprographics companies acquired in 2007 for an aggregate purchase price of
$146.3 million, and 13 reprographics companies acquired in 2008 for an aggregate purchase price of
$31.9 million.
On August 1, 2008, our Company commenced operations of UNIS Document Solutions Co., Ltd.
(UDS), our business venture with Unisplendour Corporation Limited (Unisplendour or UNIS). The
purpose of UDS is to pair the online and software applications and digital document management
solutions of our Company with the brand recognition and Chinese distribution channel of
Unisplendour to deliver digital reprographics services to Chinas growing construction industry.
All aggregate purchase price figures include acquisition related costs. None of our
acquisitions were related or contingent upon any other acquisitions. See Note 3 to our consolidated
financial statements for further details concerning our acquisitions.
Currently, we are not a party to any agreements, or engaged in any negotiations regarding a
material acquisition.
Industry Overview
According to the International Reprographics Association, or IRgA, the reprographics industry
in the United States is estimated to be approximately $4.5 billion in size. The IRgA indicates that
the reprographics industry is highly fragmented, consisting of approximately 3,000 firms with
average annual sales of approximately $1.5 million and 20 to 25 employees. Since construction
documents are the primary medium of communication for the AEC industry, demand for reprographics
services in the AEC market is closely tied to the level of activity in the construction industry
which, in turn, is driven by macroeconomic trends such as gross domestic product, or GDP, growth,
interest rates, job creation, office vacancy rates, and tax revenues. According to FMI Corporation,
or FMI, a consulting firm to the construction industry, construction industry spending put in
place in the United States for 2008 was estimated at $1.0 trillion, with expenditures divided
between residential construction at 36% and commercial and public, or non-residential, construction
at 64%. The $4.5 billion reprographics industry is approximately 0.4% of the $1.0 trillion
construction industry in the United States. Our AEC revenues are most closely correlated to the
non-residential sectors of the construction industry, which sectors are the largest users of
reprographics services. According to FMI, the non-residential sectors of the United States
construction industry are projected to decline between 5% and 13% in the next two years, and up to
22% in specific commercial building sectors such as commercial and office buildings.
Market opportunities for business-to-business document management services such as ours
continue to expand into non-AEC industries. For example, non-AEC customers are increasingly using
large and small format color imaging for point-of-purchase displays, digital publishing,
presentation materials, educational materials and marketing materials as these services have become
more efficient and available on a short-run, on-demand basis through digital technology. As a
result, we believe that our addressable market is substantially larger than the core AEC
reprographics market. We believe that the growth of non-AEC industries is generally tied to growth
in the United States GDP, which is estimated to have decreased by 3.8% as of the fourth quarter of
2008.
5
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
|
|
|
Leading Market Position in Fragmented Industry. Our size and national footprint
provide us with significant purchasing power, economies of scale, the ability to invest
in industry-leading technologies, and the resources to service large, national
customers. |
|
|
|
|
Leader in Technology and Innovation. We believe several of our technology products
are well positioned to become industry standards for managing and procuring
reprographics services within the AEC industry, as well as managing reprographic shops
themselves. We have developed other proprietary software applications that complement
these applications which has enabled us to improve the efficiency of our services, add
services and increase our revenue. |
|
|
|
|
Extensive National Footprint with Regional Expertise. Our national network of
service centers maintains local customer relationships while benefiting from
centralized corporate functions and national scale. Our service facilities are
organized as hub and satellite structures within individual markets, allowing us to
balance production capacity and minimize capital expenditures through
technology-sharing and the consolidation of administrative and accounting functions
among our service centers within each market or region. In addition, we serve our
national and regional customers under a single contract through our Premier Accounts
business unit, while offering centralized access to project specific services, billing,
and tracking information. |
|
|
|
|
Flexible Operating Model. By promoting regional decision making for marketing,
pricing, and selling practices, we remain responsive to our customers while benefiting
from the cost structure advantages of our centralized administrative functions. Our
flexible operating model also allows us to capitalize on any business environment,
quickly scaling up or down as needed within a given marketplace. |
|
|
|
|
Consistent, Strong Cash Flow. Through management of our inventory and receivables
and our low capital expenditure requirements, we have consistently generated strong
cash flow from operations after capital expenditures regardless of industry and
economic conditions. |
|
|
|
|
Low Cost Operator. We believe we are one of the lowest cost operators in the
reprographics industry. We have achieved this status by minimizing branch level
expenses and capitalizing on our significant scale for purchasing efficiencies. |
|
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team and Highly Trained Workforce. Members of our executive
and divisional senior management team have an average of more than 20 years of industry
experience. It is also our preferred practice to maintain the senior management of the
companies we acquire. |
Our Services
Reprographics services typically encompass the digital management and reproduction of
graphics-related material and corresponding finishing and distribution services. We provide these
business-to-business services to our customers in three major categories: document management,
document distribution and logistics, and print-on-demand.
Document Management. We store, organize, print and track AEC and non-AEC project documents
using a variety of digital tools and our industry expertise. The documents we manage are typically
larger than 11"×17, requiring specialized production equipment, and the documents are iterative in
nature; frequently 10 or more versions of a single document must be tracked and managed throughout
the course of a project.
Document Distribution and Logistics. We provide fully-integrated document distribution and
logistics, which consist of tracking document users, packaging prints, addressing and coordinating
services for shipment (either in hard copy or electronic form), as well as local pick-up and
delivery of documents to multiple locations within tight time constraints.
Print-on-demand. We produce small and large-format documents in black and white or color
using digital scanning and printing devices. We can reproduce documents when and where they are
needed by balancing production capacity between the high-volume equipment in our network of
reprographics service centers, sending production jobs from one location to another, as well as
producing work on equipment placed in our customers facilities.
On-site Services. Frequently referred to as facilities management, or FMs, this service
includes any combination of the above services supplied on-site at our customers locations.
6
These broad categories of services are provided to our AEC industry customers, as well as to
our customers in non-AEC industries that have similar document management and production
requirements. Our AEC customers work primarily with high volumes of large-format construction plans
and small-format specification documents that are technical, complex, constantly changing and
frequently confidential. Our non-AEC customers generally require services that apply to black and
white and color small format documents, promotional documents of all sizes, and the digital
distribution of document files to multiple locations for a variety of print-on-demand needs
including short-run digital publishing.
These services include:
|
|
|
PlanWell Enterprise (PlanWell), our proprietary, internet-based planroom launched in
June 2000, and our suite of other reprographics software products that enable online
purchase and fulfillment of document management services. |
|
|
|
|
Production services, including print-on-demand, document assembly, document
finishing, mounting, laminating, binding, and kitting. |
|
|
|
|
Document distribution and logistics, including the physical pick-up, delivery, and
shipping of time-sensitive, critical documents. Documents can be digitally transferred
from one service facility to another to balance production capacity or take advantage
of a distribute and print operating system. |
|
|
|
|
Highly customized large and small format reprographics in color and black and white.
This includes digital reproduction of posters, tradeshow displays, plans, banners,
signage and maps. |
|
|
|
|
Facilities management, including recurring on-site document management services and
staffing at our customers locations. |
|
|
|
|
Sales of reprographics equipment and supplies and licensing of software to other
reprographics companies and end-users in the AEC industry. |
|
|
|
|
The design and development of other document management and reprographics software,
in addition to PlanWell, that supports ordering, tracking, job estimating, and other
customer-specific accounting information for a variety of projects and services. These
proprietary applications include: |
|
|
|
Electronic Work Order (EWO), which offers our customers access to
the services of all of our service centers through the internet. |
|
|
|
|
MetaPrint Abacus, which provides a suite of software modules for
reprographers and their customers to track documents produced from equipment
installed as a part of a facilities management program. |
|
|
|
|
BidCaster Invitation-to-Bid (ITB), a data management internet
application inside PlanWell Enterprise that issues customizable invitations to
bid from a customers desktop using email and a hosted fax server. |
|
|
|
|
MetaPrint Print Automation and Device Manager, a universal print
driver that facilitates the printing of documents with output devices
manufactured by multiple vendors, and allows the reprographer to print multiple
documents in various formats as a single print submission. |
|
|
|
|
OneView Document Access and Customer Administration System, an
internet-based application that leverages the security attributes of PlanWell to
provide a single point of access to all of a customers project documents inside
PlanWell planrooms, regardless of which of our local production facilities
stores the relevant documents. |
|
|
|
|
Sub-Hub, an internet-based application that notifies subscribers
of upcoming construction jobs in their markets and allows them to view plans
online and order paper copies from a reprographer. |
To further support and promote our major categories of services, we also:
|
|
|
License our suite of reprographics technology products, including our flagship
online planroom, PlanWell, to independent reprographers. |
|
|
|
|
Operate PEiR (Profit and Education in Reprographics) Group, a trade organization
wholly-owned by us, through which we charge membership fees and provide purchasing,
technology and educational benefits to other reprographers. PEiR members are required
to license PlanWell and may purchase equipment and supplies at a lower cost than they
could obtain independently. We also distribute our educational programs to PEiR members
to help establish and promote best practices within the reprographics industry. |
7
Customers
Our business is not dependent on any single customer or few customers, the loss of any one or
more of whom would have a material adverse effect on our business. Our customers are both local and
national companies, with no single customer accounting for more than 2.5% of our net sales in 2008.
We have a geographic concentration risk as sales in California, as a percentage of total
sales, were approximately 36%, 42% and 46% for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
Operations
Geographic Presence. We operate 299 reprographics service centers, including 291 service
centers in 206 cities in 39 states throughout the United States and in the District of Columbia,
eight service centers in Canada, one in United Kingdom and we also have a business venture in China
with three locations. Our reprographics service centers are located in close proximity to the
majority of our customers and offer pick-up and delivery services within a 15 to 30 mile radius. In
our three prior fiscal years, sales outside the United States have been minimal, amounting to $24.2
million, $13.2 million and $7.7 million for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006,
respectively.
Hub and Satellite Configuration. We organize our business into operating divisions that
typically consist of a cluster configuration of at least one large service facility, or hub, and
several smaller facilities, or satellites, that are digitally connected as a cohesive network,
allowing us to provide all of our services both locally and nationwide. Our hub and satellite
configuration enables us to shorten our customers document processing and distribution time, as
well as achieve higher utilization of output devices by coordinating the distribution of work
orders digitally among our service centers.
|
|
|
Central Hub Facilities. In each of our major markets, we operate one or more large
scale full service facilities that have high production capacity and sophisticated
equipment. These larger facilities offer specialized services such as laser digital imaging
on photographic material, large format color printing, and finishing services that may not
be economically viable for smaller facilities to provide. Our central hub facilities also
coordinate our facilities management programs. |
|
|
|
|
Satellite Facilities. To supplement the capabilities of our central hub facilities, we
operate satellite facilities that are typically located closer to our customers than the
central hubs. Our satellite facilities have quick turnaround capabilities, responsive,
localized service, and handle the majority of digital processes. |
Management Systems and Controls. We operate our business under a dual operating structure of
centralized administrative functions and regional decision making. Acquired companies typically
retain their local business identities, managers, sales force, and marketing efforts in order to
maintain strong local relationships. Our local management maintains autonomy over the day-to-day
operations of their business units, including profitability, customer billing, receivables
collection, and service mix decisions.
Although we operate on a decentralized basis, our senior management closely monitors and
reviews each of our divisions through daily reports that contain operating and financial
information such as sales, inventory levels, purchasing commitments, collections, and receivables.
In addition, our operating divisions submit monthly reports to senior management that track each
divisions financial and operating performance in comparison to historical performance.
Suppliers and Vendors
We purchase raw materials, consisting primarily of paper, toner, and other consumables, and
purchase or lease reprographics equipment. Our reprographics equipment, which includes imaging and
printing equipment, is typically leased for use in our service facilities and facilities management
sites. We use a two-tiered approach to purchasing in order to maximize the economies associated
with our size, while maintaining the local efficiencies and time sensitivity required to meet
customer demands. We continually monitor market conditions and product developments to take
advantage of our buying power.
Our primary vendors of equipment, maintenance services and reprographics supplies include Oce
N.V., Azerty, and Xpedx, a division of International Paper Company. We have long-standing
relationships with all of our suppliers and we believe we receive favorable prices as compared to
our competition due to the large quantities we purchase and strong relationships with our vendors.
Significant market fluctuations in our raw material costs have historically been limited to paper
prices and we have typically maintained strong gross margins as the result of our ability to pass
increased material costs through to our customers.
8
Sales and Marketing
Divisional Sales Force. We market our products and services throughout the United States
through localized sales forces and marketing efforts at the divisional level. We had approximately
800 sales and customer service representatives as of December 31, 2008. Each sales force generally
consists of a sales manager and a staff of sales and customer service representatives that target
various customer segments. Depending on the size of the operating division, a sales team may be as
small as two people or as large as 35 or more people. Sales teams serve both the central hub
service facility and satellite facilities, or if market demographics require, operate on behalf of
a single service facility.
Premier Accounts. To further enhance our market share and service portfolio on a national
level, we operate a Premier Accounts business unit. Designed to meet the requirements of large
regional and national businesses, we established this operating division to take advantage of
growing globalization within the AEC market, and to establish ourselves at the corporate level as
the leading national reprographer with extensive geographic and service capabilities. Premier
Accounts allow us to attract large AEC and non-AEC companies with document management, distribution
and logistics, and print-on-demand needs that span wide geographical or organizational boundaries.
As of December 31, 2008, we maintained 31 national customers through Premier Accounts.
PEiR Group. We established the PEiR Group in July 2003, a separate operating division of our
corporate structure, that is a membership-based organization for the reprographics industry.
Comprised of independent reprographers and reprographics vendors, PEiR members are required to
license PlanWell technology, facilitating the promotion of our applications as industry standards.
We also provide general purchasing discounts to PEiR members through our preferred vendors. This
provides other reprographics companies the opportunity to purchase equipment and supplies at a
lower cost than they could obtain independently, while increasing our influence and purchasing
power with our vendors. Through PEiR, we also present educational programs to members to establish
and promote best practices within the industry. As of December 31, 2008, the PEiR Group had 160
domestic and international members.
Competition
According to the IRgA, most firms in the United States reprographics services industry are
small, privately-held entrepreneurial businesses. The larger reprographers in the United States,
besides ourselves, include Service Point USA, a subsidiary of Service Point Solutions, S.A., Thomas
Reprographics, Inc., ABC Imaging, LLC, and National Reprographics Inc. While we have no nationwide
competitors, we do compete at the local level with a number of privately-held reprographics
companies, commercial printers, digital imaging firms, and to a limited degree, retail copy shops.
Competition is primarily based on customer service, technological leadership, product performance
and price. See Item 1A Risk Factors Competition in our industry and innovation by our
competitors may hinder our ability to execute our business strategy and maintain our
profitability.
Research and Development
We believe that to compete effectively we must continue to innovate, and thus conduct research
and development into our services. Our research and development efforts are focused on improving
and enhancing PlanWell and our other technology products, as well as developing new proprietary
services. As of December 31, 2008, we employed 50 engineers and technical specialists with
expertise in software, internet-based applications, database management, internet security and
quality assurance. In total, research and development amounted to $5.1 million, $5.5 million and
$3.7 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Proprietary Rights
Our success depends on our proprietary information and technology. We rely on a combination of
copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, license agreements, nondisclosure and non-compete
agreements, reseller agreements, customer contracts, and technical measures to establish and
protect our rights in our proprietary technology. Our PlanWell license agreements grant our
customers a nonexclusive, nontransferable, limited license to use our products and receive our
services and contain terms and conditions prohibiting the unauthorized reproduction or transfer of
our proprietary technologies. We retain all title and rights of ownership in our software products.
In addition, we enter into agreements with some of our employees, third-party consultants and
contractors that prohibit the disclosure or use of our confidential information and require the
assignment to us of any new ideas, developments, discoveries or inventions related to our business.
We also require other third parties to enter into nondisclosure agreements that limit use of,
access to, and distribution of our proprietary information. We also rely on a variety of
technologies that are licensed from third parties to perform key functions.
We have registered our American Reprographics Company combined name and design as a
trademark with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), and we have registered
PlanWell and PlanWell PDS as trademarks with the USPTO and in Canada, Australia and the
European Union. We have also registered Sub-Hub as a service mark with the USPTO, in the European
Union, United Kingdom, Benelux and Mexico, and we have applied for registration in Canada.
Additionally, we have registered MetaPrint as a trademark with the USPTO and we have applied for
registration of MetaPrint as a trademark in the European Union and China.
We do not own any other registered trademarks or service marks, or any patents, that are
material to our business.
For a discussion of the risks associated with our proprietary rights, see Item 1A Risk
Factors Our failure to adequately protect the proprietary aspects of our technology, including
PlanWell, may cause us to lose market share and Item 1A Risk Factors We may be subject to
intellectual property rights claims, which are costly to defend, could require us to pay damages
and could limit our ability to use certain technologies in the future.
9
Information Technology
We operate two technology centers in Silicon Valley to support our reprographics services and
software development. We also have a facility in Kolkata, India which gives us a powerful and cost
effective resource to support our technology development. Our technology centers also serve as
design and development facilities for our software applications, and house our North American
database administration team and networking engineers.
From these technology centers, our technical staff is able to remotely manage, control and
troubleshoot the primary databases and connectivity of each of our operating divisions. This allows
us to avoid the costs and expenses of employing costly database administrators and network
engineers in each of our service facilities.
All of our reprographics service centers are connected via a high performance, dedicated wide
area network, with additional capacity and connectivity through a virtual private network to handle
customer data transmissions and e-commerce transactions. Our technology centers use both commonly
available software and custom applications running in a clustered computing environment and employ
industry-leading technologies for redundancy, backup and security.
Employees
As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 4,500 employees, 20 of whom are covered by two
collective bargaining agreements. The collective bargaining agreement with our subsidiary,
Ridgways, LLC covers nine employees and expires November 20, 2011, and the collective bargaining
agreement with our subsidiary, BPI Repro, LLC, covers 11 employees and expires on December 4, 2009.
We have not experienced a work stoppage during the past five years and believe that our
relationships with our employees and collective bargaining units are good.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following sets forth certain information regarding all of our executive officers as of
February 27, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer |
Jonathan R. Mather
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary |
Rahul K. Roy
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Chief Technology Officer |
Dilantha Wijesuriya
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Senior Vice President-National Operations |
Kumarakulasingam (Suri) Suriyakumar has served as the Companys President and Chief
Executive Officer since June 1, 2007, and he served as the Companys President and Chief Operating
Officer from 1991 until his appointment as Chief Executive Officer. On July 24, 2008, Mr.
Suriyakumar was appointed Chairman of the Companys Board of Directors. Mr. Suriyakumar served as
an advisor of Holdings from March 1998 until his appointment as a director of American
Reprographics Company in October 2004. Mr. Suriyakumar joined Micro Device, Inc. (our predecessor
company) in 1989. He became the Vice President of Micro Device, Inc. in 1990. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Suriyakumar was employed with Aitken Spence & Co. LTD, a highly diversified
conglomerate and one of the five largest corporations in Sri Lanka. Mr. Suriyakumar is an active
member of the International Reprographics Association (IRgA).
Jonathan R. Mather joined American Reprographics Company as its Chief Financial Officer in
December 2006. From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Mather was employed at NETGEAR, a manufacturer of computer
networking products, as its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Before NETGEAR,
from July 1995 to March 2001, Mr. Mather worked at Applause Inc., a consumer products company,
where he served as President and Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to 2001, as Chief Financial
Officer and Chief Operating Officer from 1997 to 1998 and as Chief Financial Officer from 1995 to
1997. From 1985 to 1995, Mr. Mather was employed with Home Fashions Inc., a consumer products
company, where he served as Chief Financial Officer from 1992 to 1995, and as Vice President,
Finance, of an operating division, Louverdrape, from 1988 to 1992. Prior to that, he spent more
than two years at the semiconductor division of Harris Corporation, a communications equipment
company, where he served as the Finance Manager of the offshore manufacturing division. He also
worked in public accounting for four years with Coopers & Lybrand (now part of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP) and for two years with Ernst & Young. Mr. Mather has an M.B.A. from
Cornell University. He is a Certified Management Accountant (C.M.A.) and a Fellow Chartered
Accountant (F.C.A.).
Rahul K. Roy joined Holdings as its Chief Technology Officer in September 2000. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Roy was the founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of MirrorPlus
Technologies, Inc., which developed software for the reprographics industry, from August 1993 until
it was acquired by the Company in 1999. Mr. Roy also served as the Chief Operating Officer of
InPrint, a provider of printing, software, duplication, packaging, assembly and distribution
services to technology companies, from 1993 until it was acquired by the Company in 1999.
10
Dilantha Wijesuriya was appointed as the Companys Senior Vice President National Operations
effective August 7, 2008. Mr. Wijesuriya joined Ford Graphics, a division of the Company, in
January of 1991. He subsequently became president of that division in 2001, and became a Company
regional operations head in 2004, which position he retained until his appointment as the Companys
Senior Vice President National Operations. Prior to his employment with the Company, Mr.
Wijesuriya was a divisional manager with Aitken Spence & Co. LTD, a highly diversified conglomerate
and one of the five largest corporations in Sri Lanka.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Our business faces significant risks. The following risk factors could adversely affect our
results of operations and financial condition and/or the per share trading price of our common
stock. We may encounter risks in addition to those described below. Additional risks and
uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair or
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Adverse domestic and global economic conditions and disruption of financial markets could have a
material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
During recent months, domestic and international financial markets have been experiencing
extreme disruption, including, among other things, extreme volatility in stock prices and severely
diminished liquidity and credit availability. These developments and the related severe domestic
and international economic downturn, may continue to adversely impact our business and financial
condition in a number of ways, including effects beyond those that were experienced in previous
recessions in the United States and foreign economies. The current restrictions in financial
markets and the severe economic downturn may adversely affect the ability of our customers and
suppliers to obtain financing for operations and purchases
and to perform their obligations under agreements with us. These restrictions could result in
a decreases in, or cancellation of, existing business, could limit new business, and could
negatively impact our ability to collect on our accounts receivable on a timely basis, if at all.
We are unable to predict the duration and severity of the current economic recession and disruption
in financial markets and their effects on our business and results of operations. These events are
more severe than previous economic recessions and may, in the aggregate, have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
The residential and non-residential architectural, engineering and construction industry, or AEC
industry, is in the midst of a downturn. A continuing decline in the residential AEC industry,
and/or a downturn in the non-residential AEC industry, could adversely affect our future revenue
and profitability.
We believe that the residential and non-residential AEC markets together accounted for
approximately 80% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008, of which we believe the
non-residential AEC industry accounted for approximately 89% of our net sales and the residential
AEC industry accounted for approximately 11% of our net sales. Our historical operating results
reflect the cyclical and variable nature of the AEC industry. Both the residential and
non-residential portions of the AEC industry are in the midst of a severe downturn. The effects of
the current recession in the United States economy, and weakness in global economic conditions have
resulted in a downturn in the residential and non-residential portions of the AEC industry. We
believe that the AEC industry generally experiences downturns several months after a downturn in
the general economy and that there may be a similar delay in the recovery of the AEC industry
following a recovery in the general economy. A prolonged downturn in the AEC industry would
diminish demand for our products and services, and would therefore negatively impact our revenues
and have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Since we derive a majority of our revenues from reprographics products and services provided
to the AEC industry, our operating results are more sensitive to this industry than other companies
that serve more diversified markets. In addition, because approximately 50% of our overall costs
are fixed, changes in economic activity, positive or negative, affect our results of operations. As
a consequence, our results of operations are subject to volatility and could deteriorate rapidly in
an environment of declining revenues. Failure to maintain adequate cash reserves and to effectively
manage our costs could adversely affect our ability to offset our fixed costs and may have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Covenants in our credit and guaranty agreement could adversely affect our financial condition.
Our credit and guaranty agreement contains customary restrictions and covenants, including,
without limitation, interest coverage ratios, fixed charge coverage ratios, leverage coverage
ratios and limitations on maximum capital expenditures, which we must maintain. Our ability to
comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. Failure to comply with
these covenants could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and
financial condition. If we breach any of these covenants or restrictions, it could result in an
event of default under our credit and guaranty agreement. A default, if not cured or waived, may
permit acceleration of our indebtedness. In addition, our lenders could terminate their commitments
to make further extensions of credit under our credit facilities. If our indebtedness is
accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds to pay the accelerated
indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance accelerated indebtedness on terms
favorable to us or at all.
11
Impairment of goodwill may adversely impact future results of operations.
We have intangible assets, including goodwill and other identifiable and indefinite-lived
acquired intangibles on our balance sheet due to our acquisitions of businesses. The initial
identification and valuation of these intangible assets and the determination of the estimated
useful lives at the time of acquisition involve use of management judgments and estimates. Our
annual goodwill impairment assessment has historically been completed in September of each year.
Based on our annual assessment in September 2008, our goodwill was not impaired. As economic
conditions worsened in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 and our market capitalization
decreased, management determined that circumstances had changed sufficiently to trigger an interim
goodwill impairment analysis. The result of our interim analysis indicated that we have a
goodwill impairment, hence we recorded a pretax, non-cash charge of $35.2 million for the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2008, which is reflected in our financial statements for the fourth quarter
and fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
The results of impairment analysis are as of a point in time. If our assumptions regarding
future forecasted revenue or gross margins of our operating segments (or reporting units) are not
achieved, we may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods,
whether in connection with our next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2009 or prior
to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the
annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any
such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.
Competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors may hinder our ability to execute our
business strategy and maintain our profitability.
The markets for our products and services are highly competitive, with competition primarily
at local and regional levels. We compete primarily based on the level and quality of customer
service, technological leadership, product performance and price. Our future success depends, in
part, on our ability to continue to improve our service offerings, and develop and integrate
technological advances. If we are unable to integrate technological advances into our service
offerings to successfully meet the evolving needs of our customers in a timely manner, our
operating results may be adversely affected. Technological innovation by our existing or future
competitors could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In particular, our business could be
adversely affected if any of our competitors develop or acquire superior technology that competes
directly with or offers greater functionality than our technology, including PlanWell.
We also face the possibility that competition will continue to increase, particularly if copy
and printing or business services companies choose to expand into the reprographics services
industry. Many of these companies are substantially larger and have significantly greater financial
resources than us, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, we could
encounter competition in the future from large, well-capitalized companies such as equipment
dealers, system integrators, and other reprographics associations, that can produce their own
technology and leverage their existing distribution channels. We could also encounter competition
from non-traditional reprographics service providers that offer reprographics services as a
component of the other services that they provide to the AEC industry, such as vendors to our
industry that provide services directly to our customers, bypassing reprographers. Any such future
competition could adversely affect our business and impair our future revenue and profitability.
The reprographics industry has undergone vast changes in recent years and will continue to evolve.
Our failure to anticipate and adapt to future changes in the reprographics industry could harm our
competitive position.
The reprographics industry has undergone vast changes in recent years. The industrys main
production technology has migrated from analog to digital. This has prompted a number of trends in
the reprographics industry, including a rapid shift toward decentralized production and lower labor
utilization. As digital output devices become smaller, less expensive, easier to use and
interconnected, end users of construction drawings are placing these devices within their offices
and other locations. On-site reprographics equipment allows a customer to print documents and
review hard copies without the delays or interruptions associated with sending documents out for
duplication. Also, as a direct result of advancements in digital technology, labor demands have
decreased. Instead of producing one print job at a time, reprographers now have the capability to
produce multiple sets of documents with a single production employee. By linking output devices
through a single print server, a production employee simply directs output to the device that is
best suited for the job. As a result of these trends, reprographers have had to modify their
operations to decentralize printing and shift costs from labor to technology.
We expect the reprographics industry to continue to evolve. Our industry is expected to
continue to embrace digital technology, not only in terms of production services, but also in terms
of network technology, digital document storage and management, and information distribution, all
of which will require investment in, and continued development of, technological innovation. If we
fail to keep pace with current changes or fail to anticipate or adapt to future changes in our
industry, our competitive position could be harmed which may have a material adverse impact on our
future profitability.
12
If we fail to continue to develop and introduce new services successfully, our competitive
positioning and our ability to grow our business could be harmed.
In order to remain competitive, we must continually invest in new technologies that will
enable us to meet the evolving demands of our customers. We cannot guarantee that we will be
successful in the introduction, marketing and adoption of any of our new services, or that we will
develop and introduce in a timely manner innovative services that satisfy customer needs or achieve
market acceptance. Our failure to develop new services and introduce them successfully could harm
our competitive position and our ability to grow our business, and our revenues and operating
results could suffer.
In addition, as reprographics technologies continue to develop, one or more of our current
service offerings may become obsolete. In particular, digital technologies may significantly reduce
the need for high volume printing. Digital technology may also make traditional reprographics
equipment smaller and cheaper, which may cause larger AEC customers to discontinue outsourcing
their reprographics needs. Any such developments could adversely affect our business and impair
future revenue and profitability.
If we are unable to charge for our value-added services to offset potential declines in print
volumes, our long term revenue could decline.
Our customers value the ability to view and order prints over the internet and print to output
devices in their own offices and other locations throughout the country and other locations in the
world. In 2008, our reprographics services represented approximately 73.9% of our total net sales,
and our facilities management services represented approximately 17.3% of our total net sales. Both
categories of revenue are generally derived from a charge per square foot of printed material.
Future technological advances may further facilitate and improve our customers ability to print in
their own offices or at a job site. As technology continues to improve, this trend toward consuming
information on an as needed basis could result in decreasing printing volumes and declining
revenues in the longer term. Failure to offset these potential declines in printing volumes by
changing how we charge for our services and developing additional revenue sources could
significantly affect our business and reduce our long term revenue, resulting in an adverse effect
on our results of operations and financial condition.
We derive a significant percentage of net sales from within the State of California and our
business could be disproportionately harmed by an economic downturn or natural disaster affecting
California.
We derived approximately 36.0% of our net sales in 2008 from our operations in California. As
a result, we are dependent to a large extent upon the AEC industry in California and, accordingly,
are sensitive to economic factors affecting California, including general and local economic
conditions, macroeconomic trends, and natural disasters (including earthquakes and wildfires). In
recent months, the real estate development projects (both residential and non-residential) in
California have significantly declined which, in turn, has resulted in a decline in orders from
within the California-based AEC industry. Any adverse developments affecting California could have
a disproportionately negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to successfully complete and manage our
acquisitions and branch openings. Failure to do so could impede our future growth and adversely
affect our competitive position.
As part of our growth strategy, we intend to prudently pursue strategic acquisitions within
the reprographics industry. Since 1997, we have acquired more than 130 businesses, most of which
were long established in the communities in which they conduct their business. Our efforts to
execute our acquisition strategy may be affected by our ability to continue to identify, negotiate,
close acquisitions and effectively integrate acquired businesses. In addition, any governmental
review or investigation of our proposed acquisitions, such as by the Federal Trade Commission may
impede, limit or prevent us from proceeding with an acquisition.
Acquisitions involve a number of unique risks. For example, there may be difficulties
integrating acquired personnel and distinct business cultures. Additional financing may be
necessary and, if used, would increase our debt level, dilute our outstanding equity, or both.
Acquisitions may divert managements time and our other resources from existing operations. It is
possible that there could be a negative effect on our financial statements from the impairment
related to goodwill and other intangibles acquired through implementation of our acquisition
strategy. We may experience the loss of key employees or customers of acquired companies. In
addition, risks may include high transaction costs and expenses of integrating acquired companies,
as well as exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies and failure of the acquired
business to achieve expected results. These risks could hinder our future growth and adversely
affect our competitive position and operating results.
In addition to acquisitions, we expand our geographic coverage by opening additional satellite
branches in regions near our established operations to capture new customers and greater market
share. Although we believe that the capital investment for a new branch is generally modest, the
branches we open in the future may not ultimately produce returns that justify our investment.
13
If we are unable to successfully monitor and manage the business operations of our subsidiaries and
divisions, our business and profitability could suffer.
Since 1997, we have acquired more than 130 businesses and, in most cases, have delegated the
responsibility for marketing, pricing, and selling practices with the local and operational
managers of those businesses. If we do not successfully manage our subsidiaries and divisions under
this decentralized operating structure, we risk having disparate results, lost market
opportunities, lack of economic synergies, and a loss of vision and planning, all of which could
harm our business and profitability.
We depend on certain key vendors for reprographics equipment, maintenance services and supplies
making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations.
We purchase reprographics equipment and maintenance services, as well as paper, toner and
other supplies, from a limited number of vendors. Our three largest vendors in 2008 were Oce N.V.,
Azerty, and Xpedx, a division of International Paper Company. Adverse developments concerning key
vendors or our relationships with them could force us to seek alternate sources for our
reprographics equipment, maintenance services and supplies, or to purchase such items on
unfavorable terms. An alternative source of supply of reprographics equipment, maintenance services
and supplies may not be readily available. A delay in procuring reprographics equipment,
maintenance services or supplies, or an increase in the cost to purchase such reprographics
equipment, maintenance services or supplies could limit our ability to provide services to our
customers on a timely and cost-effective basis and could harm our results of operations and
financial condition.
Our failure to adequately protect the proprietary aspects of our technology, including PlanWell,
may cause us to lose market share.
Our success depends on our ability to protect and preserve the proprietary aspects of our
technologies, including PlanWell. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret
protection, confidentiality agreements, license agreements, non-compete agreements, reseller
agreements, customer contracts, and technical measures to establish and protect our rights in our
proprietary technologies. Under our PlanWell license agreements, we grant other reprographers a
non-exclusive, non-transferable, limited license to use our technology and receive our services.
Our license agreements contain terms and conditions prohibiting the unauthorized reproduction or
transfer of our products. These protections, however, may not be adequate to remedy harm we suffer
due to misappropriation of our proprietary rights by third parties. In addition, United States law
provides only limited protection of proprietary rights and the laws of some foreign countries may
offer less protection than the laws of the United States. Third parties may unlawfully copy aspects
of our products or unlawfully distribute them, impermissibly reverse engineer our products or
otherwise obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Others may develop
non-infringing technologies that are similar or superior to ours. If competitors are able to
develop such technologies and we cannot successfully enforce our rights against them, they may be
able to market and sell or license products that compete with ours, and this competition could
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we may, from time
to time, be subject to intellectual property litigation which can be expensive, a burden on
managements time and our Companys resources, and the outcome of any such litigation may be
uncertain.
Damage or disruption to our facilities, our technology centers, our vendors or a majority of our
customers could impair our ability to effectively provide our services and may have a significant
impact on our revenues, expenses and financial condition.
We currently store most of our customer data at our two technology centers located in Silicon
Valley near known earthquake fault zones. Damage to or destruction of one or both of these
technology centers or a disruption of our data storage processes resulting from sustained process
abnormalities, human error, acts of terrorism, violence, war or a natural disaster, such as fire,
earthquake or flood, could have a material adverse effect on the markets in which we operate and on
our business operations. We store and maintain critical customer data on computer servers at our
technology centers that our customers access remotely through the internet and/or directly through
telecommunications lines. If our back-up power generators fail during any power outage, if our
telecommunications lines are severed or internet access is impaired for any reason, our remote
access customers would be unable to access their critical data, causing an interruption in their
operations. In such event, our remote access customers and their customers could seek to hold us
responsible for any losses that they may incur in this regard. We may also potentially lose these
customers and our reputation could be harmed. In addition, such damage or destruction, particularly
that directly impacting our technology centers or our vendors or customers, could have an impact on
our sales, supply chain, production capability, costs, and our ability to provide services to our
customers.
Although we currently maintain general property damage insurance, we do not maintain insurance
for loss from earthquakes, acts of terrorism or war. If we incur losses from uninsured events, we
could incur significant expenses which would adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition.
14
If we lose key personnel or qualified technical staff, our ability to manage the day-to-day aspects
of our business will be adversely affected.
We believe that the attraction and retention of qualified personnel is critical to our
success. If we lose key personnel or are unable to recruit qualified personnel, our ability to
manage the day-to-day aspects of our business will be adversely affected. Our operations and
prospects depend in large part on the performance of our senior management team and the managers of
our principal operating divisions. Outside of the implementation of succession plans and executive
transitions done in the normal course of business, the loss of the services of one or more members
of our senior management team, in particular, the sudden loss of Mr. Suriyakumar, our Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer, would disrupt our business and impede our ability to execute
our business strategy. Because the other members of our executive and divisional
management team have on average more than 20 years of experience within the reprographics
industry, it would be difficult to replace them.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
15
Item 2. Properties
At the end of 2008, we operated 299 reprographics service centers, occupying approximately
1.79 million square feet. We also occupy two technology centers in Silicon Valley, California, a
software programming facility in Kolkata, India, as well as eight other facilities including our
executive offices located in Walnut Creek, California, our finance and purchasing offices located
in Glendale, California, and three locations leased for other operational purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Approx. |
|
|
Reprographics |
|
|
Approx. |
|
|
|
Non-Prod. |
|
|
Square |
|
|
Service |
|
|
Square |
|
Region |
|
Facilities |
|
|
Footage |
|
|
Centers |
|
|
Footage |
|
Southern California |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
17,700 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
392,000 |
|
Northern California(1) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
19,500 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
268,000 |
|
Pacific Northwest(2) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
117,000 |
|
Northeast |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
11,300 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
250,000 |
|
Southern |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
7,200 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
400,000 |
|
Midwest(3) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1,800 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
344,000 |
|
International (not including Canada) |
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
18,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
59,500 |
|
|
|
299 |
|
|
|
1,789,500 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes two technology centers in Fremont, California, and one in Kolkata, India. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes four service centers in the Vancouver, British Columbia area, and one in Calgary, Alberta. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes three service centers in the Toronto, Ontario area. |
We lease 296 of our reprographics service centers, each of our administrative facilities and
our technology centers. These leases have an average term between 5 to 10 years, the last lease
expires in June 2029. Substantially all of the leases contain renewal provisions and provide for
annual increases in rent based on the local consumer price index. The six facilities that we own
are subject to major encumbrances under our credit facilities. In addition to the facilities that
are owned, our fixed assets are comprised primarily of machinery and equipment, trucks, and
computer equipment. We believe that our facilities are adequate and appropriate for the purposes
for which they are currently used in our operations and are well maintained.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We are involved in various legal proceedings and claims from time to time in the normal course
of business. We do not currently believe that the outcome of any of the matters in which we are
currently involved will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
Environmental and Regulatory Considerations
Our property consists principally of reprographics and related production equipment, and we
lease substantially all of our production and administrative facilities. We are not aware of any
environmental liabilities which would have a material adverse impact on our operations and
financial condition.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
None.
16
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Our common stock, par value $0.001, is listed on the NYSE under the stock symbol ARP. The
following table sets forth for the fiscal periods indicated the high and low sales prices per share
of our common stock as reported by the NYSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
Fiscal Year 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
35.32 |
|
|
$ |
29.99 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
33.80 |
|
|
|
29.07 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
31.50 |
|
|
|
18.68 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
|
22.51 |
|
|
|
14.33 |
|
Fiscal Year 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter |
|
$ |
17.06 |
|
|
$ |
13.49 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
19.96 |
|
|
|
14.65 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
21.83 |
|
|
|
14.93 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
|
17.15 |
|
|
|
5.36 |
|
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative 47-month total return attained by shareholders on
American Reprographics Companys common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of the
Russell 2000 index, and a customized peer group of six companies that includes: G & K Services
Inc., Healthcare Services Group Inc., Mobile Mini Inc., School Specialty Inc., Tetra Tech Inc. and
Viad Corp. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock, in the peer
group, and the index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from 2/4/2005 to 12/31/2008. The
stock price performance included in the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future stock
price performance.
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2/05 |
|
|
2/05 |
|
|
3/05 |
|
|
4/05 |
|
|
5/05 |
|
|
6/05 |
|
|
7/05 |
|
|
8/05 |
|
|
9/05 |
|
|
10/05 |
|
|
11/05 |
|
American Reprographics Company |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
105.09 |
|
|
|
104.36 |
|
|
|
102.18 |
|
|
|
108.36 |
|
|
|
117.02 |
|
|
|
129.45 |
|
|
|
123.56 |
|
|
|
124.36 |
|
|
|
122.55 |
|
|
|
156.44 |
|
Russell 2000 |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
99.54 |
|
|
|
96.69 |
|
|
|
91.15 |
|
|
|
97.12 |
|
|
|
100.86 |
|
|
|
107.25 |
|
|
|
105.26 |
|
|
|
105.59 |
|
|
|
102.31 |
|
|
|
107.28 |
|
Diversified Commercial & Professional Services |
|
|
100.00 |
|
|
|
102.58 |
|
|
|
98.35 |
|
|
|
91.36 |
|
|
|
98.07 |
|
|
|
103.73 |
|
|
|
109.99 |
|
|
|
112.20 |
|
|
|
112.57 |
|
|
|
103.34 |
|
|
|
109.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/05 |
|
1/06 |
|
|
2/06 |
|
|
3/06 |
|
|
4/06 |
|
|
5/06 |
|
|
6/06 |
|
|
7/06 |
|
|
8/06 |
|
|
9/06 |
|
|
10/06 |
|
|
11/06 |
|
|
12/06 |
|
|
1/07 |
|
|
2/07 |
|
|
3/07 |
|
184.80 |
|
|
198.55 |
|
|
|
208.73 |
|
|
|
252.29 |
|
|
|
257.96 |
|
|
|
252.15 |
|
|
|
263.64 |
|
|
|
232.58 |
|
|
|
221.96 |
|
|
|
233.16 |
|
|
|
258.18 |
|
|
|
227.35 |
|
|
|
242.25 |
|
|
|
227.78 |
|
|
|
240.80 |
|
|
|
223.93 |
|
106.79 |
|
|
116.37 |
|
|
|
116.05 |
|
|
|
121.68 |
|
|
|
121.66 |
|
|
|
114.82 |
|
|
|
115.56 |
|
|
|
111.80 |
|
|
|
115.11 |
|
|
|
116.07 |
|
|
|
122.75 |
|
|
|
125.98 |
|
|
|
126.41 |
|
|
|
128.52 |
|
|
|
127.50 |
|
|
|
128.87 |
|
107.66 |
|
|
109.53 |
|
|
|
112.34 |
|
|
|
121.37 |
|
|
|
122.89 |
|
|
|
115.98 |
|
|
|
110.84 |
|
|
|
110.58 |
|
|
|
112.18 |
|
|
|
117.52 |
|
|
|
126.66 |
|
|
|
121.23 |
|
|
|
124.73 |
|
|
|
124.86 |
|
|
|
121.46 |
|
|
|
122.85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/07 |
|
5/07 |
|
|
6/07 |
|
|
7/07 |
|
|
8/07 |
|
|
9/07 |
|
|
10/07 |
|
|
11/07 |
|
|
12/07 |
|
|
1/08 |
|
|
2/08 |
|
|
3/08 |
|
|
4/08 |
|
|
5/08 |
|
|
6/08 |
|
|
7/08 |
|
241.45 |
|
|
224.00 |
|
|
|
223.93 |
|
|
|
181.24 |
|
|
|
177.67 |
|
|
|
136.15 |
|
|
|
147.49 |
|
|
|
112.58 |
|
|
|
119.85 |
|
|
|
113.82 |
|
|
|
117.67 |
|
|
|
107.93 |
|
|
|
115.42 |
|
|
|
133.02 |
|
|
|
121.09 |
|
|
|
116.44 |
|
131.18 |
|
|
136.55 |
|
|
|
134.56 |
|
|
|
125.35 |
|
|
|
128.19 |
|
|
|
130.39 |
|
|
|
134.14 |
|
|
|
124.50 |
|
|
|
124.43 |
|
|
|
115.94 |
|
|
|
111.64 |
|
|
|
112.11 |
|
|
|
116.80 |
|
|
|
122.17 |
|
|
|
112.77 |
|
|
|
116.94 |
|
126.48 |
|
|
132.66 |
|
|
|
132.06 |
|
|
|
125.03 |
|
|
|
125.43 |
|
|
|
124.89 |
|
|
|
123.89 |
|
|
|
120.17 |
|
|
|
118.14 |
|
|
|
114.23 |
|
|
|
113.21 |
|
|
|
115.26 |
|
|
|
108.78 |
|
|
|
124.63 |
|
|
|
106.64 |
|
|
|
122.73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8/08 |
|
|
|
9/08 |
|
|
|
10/08 |
|
|
|
11/08 |
|
|
|
12/08 |
|
128.80 |
|
|
|
125.45 |
|
|
|
77.38 |
|
|
|
56.95 |
|
|
|
50.18 |
|
121.16 |
|
|
|
111.51 |
|
|
|
88.31 |
|
|
|
77.87 |
|
|
|
82.39 |
|
126.00 |
|
|
|
114.88 |
|
|
|
95.03 |
|
|
|
88.83 |
|
|
|
95.08 |
This section is not soliciting material, is not deemed filed with the SEC and is not to be
incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act
whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language
in any such filing.
Holders
As of February 13, 2009, the approximate number of stockholders of record of our common stock
was 30 and the closing price of our common stock was $6.33 per share as reported by the NYSE.
Because many of the shares of our common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf
of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial owners represented by
these stockholders of record.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to
retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do
not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to
declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to
compliance with Delaware corporate law, certain covenants under our credit facility which restrict
or limit our ability to declare or pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition,
results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that
our board of directors may deem relevant.
Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
18
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The selected historical financial data presented below are derived from the audited financial
statements of American Reprographics Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007,
2006 and 2005, and the audited financial statements of Holdings for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2004. The selected historical financial data does not purport to represent what our
financial position or results of operations might be for any future period or date. The financial
data set forth below should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our audited financial statements included
elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reprographics services |
|
$ |
518,062 |
|
|
$ |
513,630 |
|
|
$ |
438,375 |
|
|
$ |
369,123 |
|
|
$ |
333,305 |
|
Facilities management |
|
|
120,983 |
|
|
|
113,848 |
|
|
|
100,158 |
|
|
|
83,125 |
|
|
|
72,360 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales |
|
|
61,942 |
|
|
|
60,876 |
|
|
|
53,305 |
|
|
|
41,956 |
|
|
|
38,199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
|
700,987 |
|
|
|
688,354 |
|
|
|
591,838 |
|
|
|
494,204 |
|
|
|
443,864 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
415,715 |
|
|
|
401,317 |
|
|
|
337,509 |
|
|
|
289,580 |
|
|
|
263,787 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Profit |
|
|
285,272 |
|
|
|
287,037 |
|
|
|
254,329 |
|
|
|
204,624 |
|
|
|
180,077 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses |
|
|
154,728 |
|
|
|
143,811 |
|
|
|
131,743 |
|
|
|
112,679 |
|
|
|
105,780 |
|
Litigation (gain) reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,897 |
) |
|
|
11,262 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for sales tax dispute settlement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,389 |
|
Amortization of intangibles |
|
|
12,004 |
|
|
|
9,083 |
|
|
|
5,055 |
|
|
|
2,120 |
|
|
|
1,695 |
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
35,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations |
|
|
83,386 |
|
|
|
137,040 |
|
|
|
106,269 |
|
|
|
89,825 |
|
|
|
71,213 |
|
Other (income), net |
|
|
(517 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(299 |
) |
|
|
(381 |
) |
|
|
(420 |
) |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
25,890 |
|
|
|
24,373 |
|
|
|
23,192 |
|
|
|
26,722 |
|
|
|
33,565 |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,327 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before minority interest and income
tax provision |
|
|
58,013 |
|
|
|
111,340 |
|
|
|
83,376 |
|
|
|
54,140 |
|
|
|
38,068 |
|
Minority interest |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision (benefit) (1) |
|
|
21,200 |
|
|
|
42,203 |
|
|
|
31,982 |
|
|
|
(6,336 |
) |
|
|
8,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
36,754 |
|
|
|
69,137 |
|
|
|
51,394 |
|
|
|
60,476 |
|
|
|
29,548 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.82 |
|
|
$ |
1.52 |
|
|
$ |
1.14 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.81 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
0.79 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
common shares
outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
45,060 |
|
|
|
45,421 |
|
|
|
45,015 |
|
|
|
42,264 |
|
|
|
35,493 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
45,398 |
|
|
|
45,829 |
|
|
|
45,595 |
|
|
|
43,178 |
|
|
|
37,464 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
$ |
50,121 |
|
|
$ |
39,445 |
|
|
$ |
27,749 |
|
|
$ |
19,165 |
|
|
$ |
18,730 |
|
Capital expenditures, net |
|
$ |
9,033 |
|
|
$ |
8,303 |
|
|
$ |
7,391 |
|
|
$ |
5,237 |
|
|
$ |
5,898 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
$ |
25,890 |
|
|
$ |
24,373 |
|
|
$ |
23,192 |
|
|
$ |
26,722 |
|
|
$ |
33,565 |
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|
Balance Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
46,542 |
|
|
$ |
24,802 |
|
|
$ |
11,642 |
|
|
$ |
22,643 |
|
|
$ |
13,826 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
725,931 |
|
|
$ |
722,611 |
|
|
$ |
547,581 |
|
|
$ |
442,362 |
|
|
$ |
377,334 |
|
Long term obligations and mandatorily
redeemable preferred and common
stock (2) |
|
$ |
301,847 |
|
|
$ |
321,013 |
|
|
$ |
252,097 |
|
|
$ |
253,371 |
|
|
$ |
338,371 |
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit) |
|
$ |
281,781 |
|
|
$ |
251,651 |
|
|
$ |
184,244 |
|
|
$ |
113,569 |
|
|
$ |
(35,009 |
) |
Working capital |
|
$ |
29,798 |
|
|
$ |
4,695 |
|
|
$ |
21,150 |
|
|
$ |
35,797 |
|
|
$ |
22,387 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Company was reorganized from a California limited liability
company to a Delaware corporation immediately prior to the
consummation of its initial public offering on February 9, 2005. As a
result of that reorganization, a deferred tax benefit of $27.7 million
was booked concurrent with the consummation of the IPO. |
|
(2) |
|
In July 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain
Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and
Equity. In accordance with SFAS No. 150, the redeemable preferred
equity of Holdings has been reclassified in our financial statements
as a component of our total debt upon our adoption of this new
standard. The redeemable preferred equity amounted to $27.8 million as
of December 31, 2004. SFAS No. 150 does not permit the restatement of
financial statements for periods prior to the adoption of this
standard. |
20
Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual
Report. This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those indicated in forward-looking
statements. See Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors.
Executive Summary
American Reprographics Company is the leading reprographics company in the United States. We
provide business-to-business document management services to the architectural, engineering and
construction industry, or AEC industry, through a nationwide network of locally branded service
centers. The majority of our customers know us as a local reprographics provider, usually with a
local brand and a long history in the community.
We also serve a variety of clients and businesses outside the AEC industry in need of
sophisticated document management services similar to our core AEC offerings.
Our services apply to time-sensitive and graphic-intensive documents, and fall into four
primary categories:
|
|
|
Document management; |
|
|
|
|
Document distribution & logistics; |
|
|
|
|
Print-on-demand; and |
|
|
|
|
On-site services, frequently referred to as facilities management or
FMs, which is any combination of the above services supplied at a
customers location. |
We deliver these services through our specialized technology, through more than 800 sales and
customer service employees interacting with our customers every day, and more than 5,600 facilities
management programs at our customers locations. All of our local service centers are connected by
a digital infrastructure, allowing us to deliver services, products, and value to approximately
160,000 companies throughout the country.
Our divisions operate under local brand names. Each brand name typically represents a business
or group of businesses that has been acquired by us. We coordinate these operating divisions and
consolidate their service offerings for large regional or national customers through a
corporate-controlled Premier Accounts division.
A significant component of our growth has been from acquisitions. In 2008, we acquired
13 businesses that consisted of stand-alone acquisitions and fold-in acquisitions (refer to
page 24 for an explanation of these terms) for $31.9 million; in 2007, we acquired 19 businesses
for $146.3 million; in 2006, we acquired 16 businesses for $87.7 million. Each acquisition was
accounted for using the purchase method, so consolidated income statements reflect sales and
expenses of acquired businesses only for post-acquisition periods. All acquisition amounts include
acquisition-related costs.
On August 1, 2008, our Company commenced operations of UDS, its business venture with
Unisplendour. The purpose of UDS is to pair the digital document management solutions of our
Company with the brand recognition and Chinese distribution channel of Unisplendour to deliver
digital reprographics services to Chinas growing construction industry. Under the terms of the
agreement, our Company and Unisplendour have an economic ownership interest of 65 percent and 35
percent, respectively.
As part of our growth strategy, we sometimes open or acquire branch or satellite service
centers in contiguous markets, which we view as a low cost, rapid form of market expansion. Our
branch openings require modest capital expenditures and are expected to generate operating profit
within 12 months from opening. We had 299 and 307 reprographic service centers for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we offer descriptions of how we manage and measure
financial performance throughout the Company. Our comments in this report represent our best
estimates of current business trends and future trends that we think may affect our business.
Actual results, however, may differ, perhaps materially, from what is presented in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
21
Evaluating our Performance. We measure our success in delivering value to our stockholders by
striving for the following:
|
|
|
Creating consistent, profitable growth, or in the absence of growth due to market
conditions beyond our control, stable margins superior to commonly understood industry
benchmarks; |
|
|
|
|
Maintaining our industry leadership as measured by our geographical footprint,
market share and revenue generation; |
|
|
|
|
Continuing to develop and invest in our products, services, and technology to meet
the changing needs of our customers; |
|
|
|
|
Maintaining the lowest cost structure in the industry; and |
|
|
|
|
Maintaining a flexible capital structure that provides for both responsible debt
service and pursuit of acquisitions and other high-return investments. |
Primary Financial Measures. We use net sales, costs and expenses, EBT, EBIT, EBITDA and
operating cash flow to operate and assess the performance of our business.
Net Sales. Net sales represent total sales less returns and discounts. These sales consist of
document management services, document distribution and logistics services, print-on-demand
services, and reprographics equipment and supplies sales. We generate sales by individual orders
through commissioned sales personnel and, in some cases, through national contracts.
Net sales are categorized as reprographics services, facilities management, and equipment and
supplies. Our current revenue sources are likely to change in the future if our digital services
revenue commands a greater and more distinctive role in our service mix. Digital services currently
comprise approximately 7.7% of our overall revenue.
Software licenses and membership fees are derived over the term of the license or the
membership agreement. Licensed technology includes PlanWell online planrooms, PlanWell EWO,
PlanWell BidCaster and MetaPrint, among others. Revenues from these agreements are separate from
digital services. Digital services include digital document management tasks, scanning and
archiving digital documents, posting documents to the web and other related work performed on a
computer. Software licenses, membership fees and digital services are categorized and reported as a
part of Reprographics services.
Revenue from reprographics services is produced from document management, document
distribution and logistics, and print-on-demand services, including the use of PlanWell by our
customers. Though these services are becoming an increasingly distinct part of our service pricing,
they have historically been invoiced to a customer as part of a combined per-square-foot printing
cost. As such, it is impractical to allocate revenue levels for each item separately. We include
revenues for these services under the caption Reprographics services.
On-site services, or facilities management, revenues are generated from providing
reprographics services in our customers locations using machines that we own or lease. Generally,
this revenue is derived from a single cost per-square-foot of printed material, similar to our
Reprographics services.
Revenue from equipment and supplies is derived from the resale of such items to our customers.
We do not manufacture such items but rather purchase them from our vendors at wholesale costs.
In 2008, our reprographics services represented 73.9% of net sales, facilities management
17.3%, and sales of reprographics equipment and supplies 8.8%. Digital services revenue, which are
included in reprographics services, approximated 7.7% of our net sales. Software licenses,
including PlanWell, and PEiR memberships have not, to date, contributed significant revenue. While
we achieve modest cost recovery through membership, licensing and maintenance fees charged by the
PEiR Group, we measure success in this area primarily by the adoption rate of our programs and
products.
We identify operating segments based on the various business activities that earn revenue and
incur expense, whose operating results are reviewed by chief operating decision maker. Based on the
fact that operating segments have similar products and services, class of customers, production
process and performance objectives, our Company is deemed to operate as a single reportable
business segment.
22
While large orders involving thousands of documents and hundreds of recipients are common, the
bulk of our customer orders consist of organizing, printing or distributing less than 200 drawings
at a time. Such short-run orders are usually recurring, despite their tendency to arrive with no
advance notice and a short turnaround requirement. Since we do not operate with a backlog, it is
difficult to predict the number, size and profitability of reprographics work that we expect to
undertake more than a few weeks in advance.
Costs and Expenses. Our cost of sales consists primarily of paper, toner and other
consumables, labor, and expenses for facilities and equipment. Facilities and equipment expenses
include maintenance, repairs, rents, insurance, and depreciation. Paper is the largest component of
our material cost. However, paper pricing typically does not affect our operating margins because
changes are generally passed on to our customers. We closely monitor material cost as a percentage
of net sales to measure volume and waste. We also track labor utilization, or net sales per
employee, to measure productivity and determine staffing levels.
We maintain low levels of inventory and other working capital. Capital expenditure
requirements are also low; most facilities and equipment are leased, with overall cash capital
spending averaging approximately 1.2% of annual net sales over the last three years. Since we
typically lease our reprographics equipment for three to five year terms, we are able to upgrade
equipment in response to rapid changes in technology.
Technology development costs consist mainly of the salaries, leased building space, and
computer equipment that comprise our data storage and development centers in Silicon Valley,
California and Kolkata, India.
Our selling expenses generally include salaries and commissions paid to our sales
professionals, along with promotional, travel and entertainment costs. Our general and
administrative expenses generally include salaries and benefits paid to support personnel at our
reprographics businesses and our corporate staff, as well as office rent, utilities, communications
expenses, and various professional services.
Operating Cash. Operating Cash or Cash Flow from Operations includes net income less
common expenditures requiring cash and is used as a measure to control working capital.
Other Common Financial Measures. We also use a variety of other common financial measures as
indicators of our performance, including:
|
|
|
Net income and earnings per share; |
|
|
|
|
Material costs as a percentage of net sales; and |
|
|
|
|
Days Sales Outstanding/Days Sales Inventory/Days Payable Outstanding. |
In addition to using these financial measures at the corporate level, we monitor some of them
daily and location-by-location through use of our proprietary company intranet and reporting tools.
Our corporate operations staff also conducts a monthly variance analysis on the income statement,
balance sheet, and cash flows of each operating division.
We believe our current customer segment mix is approximately 80% of our revenues coming from
the AEC market, and 20% coming from non-AEC sources. We believe this mix is optimal because it
offers us the advantages of diversification without diminishing our focus on our core competencies.
Not all of these financial measurements are represented directly on the Companys consolidated
financial statements, but meaningful discussions of each are part of our quarterly disclosures and
presentations to the investment community.
Acquisitions. Our disciplined approach to complementary acquisitions has led us to acquire
reprographic businesses that fit our profile for performance potential and meet strategic criteria
for gaining market share. In most cases, performance of newly acquired businesses improves almost
immediately due to the application of financial best practices, significantly greater purchasing
power, and productivity-enhancing technology.
Based on our experience of completing more than 130 acquisitions since 1997, we believe that
the reprographics industry is highly-fragmented and comprised primarily of small businesses with
less than $7 million in annual sales. Although none of the individual acquisitions we made in the
past three years added a material percentage of sales to our overall business, in the aggregate
they have fueled the bulk of our historical annual sales growth. Specifically, an increase of net
sales in 2008 of approximately 9.3% was related to stand-alone acquisitions. Also, each acquisition
was strategic from a marketing and regional market share point of view.
23
When we acquire businesses, our management typically uses the previous years sales figures as
an informal basis for estimating future revenues for our Company. We do not use this approach for
formal accounting or reporting purposes but as an internal benchmark with which to measure the
future effect of operating synergies, best practices and sound financial management on the acquired
entity.
We also use previous years sales figures to assist us in determining how the acquired
business will be integrated into the overall management structure of our Company. We categorize
newly acquired businesses in one of two ways:
|
1. |
|
Stand-Alone Acquisitions. Post-acquisition, these businesses maintain their existing
local brand and act as strategic platforms for the Company to acquire market share in and
around the specific geographical location. |
|
|
2. |
|
Branch/Fold-in Acquisitions. These are equivalent to our opening a new or green
field branch. They support an outlying portion of a larger market and rely on a larger
centralized production facility nearby for strategic management, load balancing, for
providing specialized services, and for administrative and other back office support. We
maintain the staff and equipment of these businesses to a minimum to serve a small market
or a single large customer, or we may physically integrate (fold-in) staff and equipment
into a larger nearby production facility. |
New acquisitions frequently carry a significant amount of goodwill in their purchase price,
even in the case of a low purchase multiple. This goodwill typically represents the purchase price
of an acquired business less the fair market value of tangible assets and identified intangible
assets. We test our goodwill components annually for impairment on September 30 or more frequently
if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. We incurred a goodwill
impairment charge of $35.2 million as of December 31, 2008. The methodology for such testing and
results are detailed further in Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our
consolidated financial statements included in this report.
Economic Factors Affecting Financial Performance. We estimate that sales to the AEC market
accounted for 80% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008, with the remaining 20%
consisting of sales to non-AEC markets (based on a compilation of approximately 80% of revenues
from our divisions and designating revenues using certain assumptions as derived from either AEC or
non-AEC based customers). As a result, our operating results and financial condition can be
significantly affected by economic factors that influence the AEC industry, such as non-residential
and residential construction spending, GDP growth, interest rates, employment rates, office vacancy
rates, and government expenditures. The effects of the current economic recession in the United
States, and weakness in global economic conditions, have resulted in a downturn in the residential
and non-residential portions of the AEC industry. We believe that the AEC industry generally
experiences downturns several months after a downturn in the general economy and that there may be
a similar delay in the recovery of the AEC industry following a recovery in the general economy.
Similar to the AEC industry, the reprographics industry typically lags a recovery in the broader
economy. A prolonged downturn in the AEC industry and the reprographics industry would diminish
demand for our products and services, and would therefore negatively impact our revenues and have a
material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Non-GAAP Measures
EBIT and EBITDA and related ratios presented in this report are supplemental measures of our
performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP. These measures are not
measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives
to net income, income from operations, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with
GAAP or as an alternative to cash flow from operating, investing or financing activities as a
measure of our liquidity.
EBIT represents net income before interest and taxes. EBITDA represents net income before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Amortization does not include $4.3 million,
$3.5 million and $2.2 million of stock based compensation expense recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. EBIT
margin is a non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing EBIT by net sales. EBITDA margin is a non-GAAP
measure calculated by dividing EBITDA by net sales.
We present EBIT and EBITDA and related ratios because we consider them important supplemental
measures of our performance and liquidity. We believe investors may also find these measures
meaningful, given how our management makes use of them. The following is a discussion of our use of
these measures.
We use EBIT and EBITDA to measure and compare the performance of our operating segments. Our
operating segments financial performance includes all of the operating activities except for debt
and taxation which are managed at the corporate level for U.S. operating segments. As a result,
EBIT is the best measure of divisional profitability and the most useful metric by which to measure
and compare the performance of our operating segments. We also use EBIT to measure
performance for determining operating division-level compensation and use EBITDA to measure
performance for determining consolidated-level compensation. We also use EBIT and EBITDA to
evaluate potential acquisitions and to evaluate whether to incur capital expenditures.
24
EBIT, EBITDA and related ratios have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not
consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.
Some of these limitations are as follows:
|
|
|
They do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital
expenditures and contractual commitments; |
|
|
|
|
They do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; |
|
|
|
|
They do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements
necessary, to service interest or principal payments on our debt; |
|
|
|
|
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being
depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA
does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and |
|
|
|
|
Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate these measures
differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures. |
Because of these limitations, EBIT, EBITDA, and related ratios should not be considered as
measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in business growth or to reduce our
indebtedness. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and
using EBIT and EBITDA only as supplements. For more information, see our consolidated financial
statements and related notes elsewhere in this report.
We have presented adjusted net income and adjusted earnings per share for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007 to reflect the exclusion of the goodwill impairment charge, and a
one-time litigation charge and corresponding gain on settlement related to the Louis Frey
bankruptcy litigation. This presentation facilitates a meaningful comparison of our operating
results for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
We presented adjusted EBITDA in 2008 to exclude the non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $35.2 million as we believe this was a result of
the current macroeconomic environment and not indicative of our operations. The exclusion of the goodwill impairment charge to
arrive at adjusted EBITDA is consistent with our credit agreement definition of adjusted EBITDA, therefore we believe
this information is useful to investors in assessing our ability to meet our debt covenants.
The following is a reconciliation of cash flows provided by operating activities to EBIT,
EBITDA, and net income (amounts in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Cash flows provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
127,266 |
|
|
$ |
101,386 |
|
|
$ |
98,354 |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
|
|
(4,829 |
) |
|
|
13,856 |
|
|
|
(10,138 |
) |
Non-cash (expenses) income, including
depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(85,683 |
) |
|
|
(46,105 |
) |
|
|
(36,822 |
) |
Income tax provision |
|
|
21,200 |
|
|
|
42,203 |
|
|
|
31,982 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
25,890 |
|
|
|
24,373 |
|
|
|
23,192 |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,327 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBIT |
|
|
83,844 |
|
|
|
137,040 |
|
|
|
106,568 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
50,121 |
|
|
|
39,445 |
|
|
|
27,749 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA |
|
|
133,965 |
|
|
|
176,485 |
|
|
|
134,317 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(25,890 |
) |
|
|
(24,373 |
) |
|
|
(23,192 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,327 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision |
|
|
(21,200 |
) |
|
|
(42,203 |
) |
|
|
(31,982 |
) |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(50,121 |
) |
|
|
(39,445 |
) |
|
|
(27,749 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
36,754 |
|
|
$ |
69,137 |
|
|
$ |
51,394 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
The following is a reconciliation of net income to EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (amounts
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
36,754 |
|
|
$ |
69,137 |
|
|
$ |
51,394 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
25,890 |
|
|
|
24,373 |
|
|
|
23,192 |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,327 |
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision |
|
|
21,200 |
|
|
|
42,203 |
|
|
|
31,982 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBIT |
|
|
83,844 |
|
|
|
137,040 |
|
|
|
106,568 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
50,121 |
|
|
|
39,445 |
|
|
|
27,749 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA |
|
|
133,965 |
|
|
|
176,485 |
|
|
|
134,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Item: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
35,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
169,119 |
|
|
$ |
176,485 |
|
|
$ |
134,317 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a reconciliation of our net income margin to EBIT margin, EBITDA margin and
Adjusted EBITDA margin:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 (1) |
|
|
2007 (1) |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income margin |
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
|
10.0 |
% |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
3.7 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.2 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Income tax provision |
|
|
3.0 |
% |
|
|
6.1 |
% |
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBIT margin |
|
|
12.0 |
% |
|
|
19.9 |
% |
|
|
18.0 |
% |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
7.2 |
% |
|
|
5.7 |
% |
|
|
4.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA margin |
|
|
19.1 |
% |
|
|
25.6 |
% |
|
|
22.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA margin |
|
|
24.1 |
% |
|
|
25.6 |
% |
|
|
22.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
column does not foot due to rounding |
26
The following is a reconciliation of net income to adjusted net income and earnings per share
to adjusted earnings per share (amounts in thousands, except share and per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
36,754 |
|
|
$ |
69,137 |
|
|
$ |
51,394 |
|
Litigation reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,897 |
) |
|
|
11,262 |
|
Interest expense due to litigation reserve/settlement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(418 |
) |
|
|
2,685 |
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
35,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (benefit) provision |
|
|
(12,932 |
) |
|
|
1,260 |
|
|
|
(5,579 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited adjusted net income |
|
$ |
58,976 |
|
|
$ |
67,082 |
|
|
$ |
59,762 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earning Per Share (Actual): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.82 |
|
|
$ |
1.52 |
|
|
$ |
1.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.81 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earning Per Share (Adjusted): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.31 |
|
|
$ |
1.48 |
|
|
$ |
1.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
1.30 |
|
|
$ |
1.46 |
|
|
$ |
1.31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
45,060,482 |
|
|
|
45,421,498 |
|
|
|
45,014,786 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
45,398,086 |
|
|
|
45,829,010 |
|
|
|
45,594,950 |
|
27
Results of Operations
The following table provides information on the percentages of certain items of selected
financial data compared to net sales for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a Percentage of Net Sales |
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 (1) |
|
|
2007 (1) |
|
|
2006 (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales |
|
|
59.3 |
|
|
|
58.3 |
|
|
|
57.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
40.7 |
|
|
|
41.7 |
|
|
|
43.0 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
22.1 |
|
|
|
20.9 |
|
|
|
22.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Litigation Reserve |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
1.9 |
|
Amortization of intangibles |
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations |
|
|
11.9 |
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
|
|
18.0 |
|
Other income, net |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(3.7 |
) |
|
|
(3.5 |
) |
|
|
(3.9 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before minority interest and income tax provision |
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
16.2 |
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
Minority interest |
|
|
(0.0 |
) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Income tax provision |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
|
|
(6.1 |
) |
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
|
10.0 |
% |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
column does not foot due to rounding |
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase (decrease) |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
(In dollars) |
|
|
(Percent) |
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reprographics services |
|
$ |
518.1 |
|
|
$ |
513.6 |
|
|
$ |
4.5 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
% |
Facilities management |
|
|
121.0 |
|
|
|
113.8 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
% |
Equipment and supplies sales |
|
|
61.9 |
|
|
|
60.9 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
701.0 |
|
|
$ |
688.3 |
|
|
$ |
12.7 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
285.3 |
|
|
$ |
287.0 |
|
|
$ |
(1.7 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
)% |
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
$ |
154.7 |
|
|
$ |
143.8 |
|
|
$ |
10.9 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
% |
Litigation reserve |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(2.9 |
) |
|
$ |
2.9 |
|
|
|
(100.0 |
)% |
Amortization of intangibles |
|
$ |
12.0 |
|
|
$ |
9.1 |
|
|
$ |
2.9 |
|
|
|
31.9 |
% |
Goodwill impairment |
|
$ |
35.2 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
35.2 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Interest expense, net |
|
$ |
25.9 |
|
|
$ |
24.4 |
|
|
$ |
1.5 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
% |
Income taxes provision |
|
$ |
21.2 |
|
|
$ |
42.2 |
|
|
$ |
(21.0 |
) |
|
|
(49.8 |
)% |
Net Income |
|
$ |
36.8 |
|
|
$ |
69.1 |
|
|
$ |
(32.3 |
) |
|
|
(46.7 |
)% |
EBITDA |
|
$ |
134.0 |
|
|
$ |
176.5 |
|
|
$ |
(42.5 |
) |
|
|
(24.1 |
)% |
Net Sales
Net sales in 2008 increased by 1.8%; the increase in net sales was primarily due to two
factors: first, our standalone acquisitions acquired since the beginning of 2007 as they
contributed approximately 9.3% to our sales growth; and second, new sales acquired through our
Premier Accounts program. The increase in sales due to standalone acquisitions was partially offset
by a drop in sales in our existing locations due to overall weakness in the national economy, and a
significant slow
down in the construction market driven by a lack of commercial credit, especially in the
second half of the year.
28
Reprographics services. Net sales increase of $4.5 million in 2008 compared to 2007 was due
primarily to the expansion of our market share through acquisitions, our Premier Accounts division
and an increase in our digital sales. We acquired 13 businesses in 2008 and acquired 19 businesses
in 2007, each with a primary focus on reprographics services. These acquired businesses added sales
from their pre-existing customers to our own, and in some cases, also allowed us to aggregate
regional work from larger clients. Our Premier Accounts program also added significant incremental
sales from premier customers in 2008, contributing more than $8.0 million of revenue, compared to
2007 most of which was for reprographics services .
Overall reprographics services sales nationwide were negatively affected by the recession in
the national economy and slow down in the construction market, which partially offset the sales
increases described above. The largest negative contributor affecting reprographics services sales
was the decrease in our Southern California region reprographics services sales of approximately
$21 million, resulting from the significant downturn in residential construction in Southern
California and significant decreases in commercial construction in the area. Our prior financial
results may not be indicative of future performance due to uncertainty and weakness in prevailing
economic conditions.
While most of our customers in the AEC industry still prefer paper plans, we have seen an
increase in our digital service revenue, presumably due to the greater efficiency digital document
workflows bring to our customers businesses, but also due to greater consistency in the way that
we charge for these services as they become more widely accepted throughout the construction
industry. During 2008, digital services revenue increased by $11.8 million compared to 2007.
Facilities management. On-site, or facilities management services, continued to post solid
dollar volume and year-over-year percentage gains. Specifically, sales for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2008, compared to the same period in 2007 increased by $7.2 million or 6.3%. FM
revenue is derived from a single cost per-square-foot of printed material, similar to our
Reprographics services revenue. As convenience and speed continue to characterize our customers
needs, and as printing equipment continues to become smaller and more affordable, the trend of
placing equipment (and sometimes staff) in an architectural studio or construction company office
remains strong, which is evidenced by an increase of approximately 1,000 facilities management
accounts in 2008, bringing our total FM accounts to approximately 5,600. By placing such equipment
on-site and billing on a per use and per project basis, the invoice continues to be issued by us,
just as if the work were produced in one of our centralized production facilities. The resulting
benefit is the convenience of on-site production with a pass-through or reimbursable cost of
business that many customers continue to find attractive, particularly in light of customer cost
savings initiatives.
Equipment and supplies sales. Equipment and supplies sales increased by 1.0 million or 1.6%
over the same period in 2007. The increase in equipment and supplies sales was due primarily to
the commencement of operations of UDS during the third quarter of 2008. UDS had sales of equipment
and supplies of $5.8 million during 2008. In the U.S., facilities management sales programs have
made steady progress as compared to sales of equipment and supplies through conversion of sales
contracts to on-site service accounts. To date, the Chinese market has shown a preference for
owning reprographics equipment when they bring it in-house. Excluding the impact of acquisitions,
we do not anticipate growth in equipment and supplies sales in the U.S. as we are placing more
focus on facilities management sales programs, and due to the recession in the U.S. economy.
Gross Profit
During the 12 months ended December 31, 2008, gross profit margin decreased to $285.3 million
and was 40.7%, compared to $287.0 million and 41.7% for the same period in 2007, on sales growth of
$12.7 million.
The primary driver of the decrease in gross margins was the absorption of overhead resulting
from the drop in sales, excluding the impact of acquisitions, and acquisitions which carry lower
gross margins than existing operating divisions. Specifically, the overhead increase was 115 basis
points as a percentage of sales of which depreciation was the primary component and accounted for
100 of the 115 basis point increase. Until our typical performance standards can be applied,
acquisitions temporarily depress gross margins, as do new branch openings and fold-in acquisitions.
The drop in margins was also attributable to unabsorbed labor costs of approximately 25 basis
points due to the drop in sales noted above. The decrease in gross margins due to overhead and
labor were partially offset by a drop in material costs as a percentage of sales of 40 basis points
primarily due to a favorable product mix. Specifically, higher margin digital sales comprised 7.7%
of total sales for 2008 compared to 6.1% for the same period in 2007.
29
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. In 2008, selling, general and administrative
expenses increased by $10.9
million or 7.6% over 2007. The increase is primarily attributable to a $3.7 million increase
in bad debt expense and an increase in our sales volume explained above. Specifically, sales
personnel compensation increased by $1.8 million that accompany the sales growth driven by
acquisitions. The increase in bad debt expense primarily related to the continued deterioration of
the residential home building industry and the recession in the economy. Some of our customers have
been slow paying due to liquidity issues.
Stock-based compensation expense also contributed to the increase in general and
administrative expense as stock-based compensation increased by $0.8 million primarily due to stock
options granted in April 2008.
Also contributing to the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was a
$3.3 million favorable settlement of two related lawsuits in the second quarter of 2007. Excluding
costs related to that litigation, which included legal fees and compensation payments related to
the settlement, the settlement returned a $1.7 million benefit to us for the 12 months ended
December 31, 2007. For more information on the details of these lawsuits and settlement, please
refer to Note 8 Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements included
in this report.
As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 120
basis points in 2008 as compared to 2007 primarily due to the increase in bad debt expense and the
financial benefit in 2007 of the lawsuit settlement described above.
Litigation Reserve. In 2006 we accounted for the judgment entered against us in the
previously-disclosed Louis Frey bankruptcy litigation in the United States Bankruptcy Court,
Southern District of New York, by recording a litigation charge of $14 million that included a
$11.3 million litigation reserve ($11.1 million in awarded damages, and $0.2 million in preference
claims that we paid in 2006), and interest expense of $2.7 million. We settled this for
$10.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2007 and accordingly recognized a benefit of
$3.3 million ($2.9 million litigation gain, and $0.4 million in interest) in 2007. For more
information on the Louis Frey Company litigation, please refer to Note 8 -Commitments and
Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles increased $2.9 million during 2008,
compared to 2007 primarily due to an increase in identified amortizable intangible assets such as
customer relationships and trade names associated with our 13 business acquisitions completed
throughout 2008. Also contributing to the increase is the full year impact of 2007 acquisitions.
The three acquisitions that had the biggest impact on amortization expense were the acquisition of
MBC Precision Imaging in March 2007, the acquisition of Imaging Technologies Services in April
2007, and the acquisition of NGI USA in December 2007.
Goodwill
Impairment. We assess goodwill at least annually for impairment
as of September 30th or
more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. During the
quarter ended December 31, 2008, based on a combination of factors, including the current economic
environment, and a significant decline in our market capitalization, we concluded that there were
sufficient indicators to require us to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis as of
December 31, 2008. The result our analysis indicated that eight of our reporting units, six in the
United States, one in Canada, and one in the United Kingdom have a goodwill impairment.
Accordingly, we recorded a pretax, non-cash charge for the year ended December 31, 2008 to reduce
the carrying value of goodwill by $35.2 million. (See Note: 2 Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies to our consolidated financial statements included in
this report for further information).
Other Income. The biggest contributor to other income of $0.5 million for the 12 months ended
December 31, 2008 was the sale of the Autodesk sales department of our Imaging Technologies
Services operating segment. The Autodesk sales department was sold in February of 2008 for
$0.4 million and resulted in a gain of $0.2 million.
Interest Expense. Net interest expense was $25.9 million in 2008 compared with $24.4 million
in 2007, an increase of $1.5 million or 6.1% year-over-year. The net interest expense increase is
primarily due to a weighted average increase of approximately $57 million in our interest bearing
debt comprised of capital leases for our operations and bank debt and subordinated notes payable
for business acquisitions which was partially offset by a decrease of approximately 100 basis
points in our effective annual interest rate primarily due to our refinancing of our $350 million
credit facility in December 2007 and related interest rate hedge.
Loss on the extinguishment of debt. In 2008 we had no loss on the extinguishment of debt. In
December 2007, we entered into a new Credit and Guaranty Agreement and extinguished the debt under
our previous credit facility. Accordingly, we wrote off unamortized deferred financing costs of
$0.9 million and recognized a $0.4 million expense resulting from the termination of an interest
rate collar associated with the extinguished debt.
30
Minority Interest. Minority interest represents 35% of the profit or (loss) of the
non-controlling interest of UDS, which
commenced operations on August 1, 2008.
Income Taxes. Our effective income tax rate decreased to 36.6% in 2008 from 37.9% in 2007.
The decrease is primarily due to a discrete item of $1.5 million related to federal and state
income tax credits recognized with respect to hiring employees and the purchase and lease of
tangible assets in certain qualified enterprise zones in 2007, 2006 and 2005. During the second
half of 2008, we researched and determined that we qualified for these credits. We expect our
effective income tax rate to be in the range of 37% to 39% in 2009 assuming no material change to
our geographical revenue mix.
Net Income. Net income decreased by $32.3 million to $36.8 million in 2008 compared to
$69.1 million in 2007 primarily due to the $35.2 million goodwill impairment charge noted above,
the decrease in gross margins, the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in
2008, and the litigation settlement in 2007. The litigation settlement resulted in a positive
$2.1 million impact on 2007 net income.
EBITDA. Our EBITDA margin decreased to 19.1% in 2008 compared to 25.6% in 2007 primarily due
to the goodwill charge, the increase in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative
expenses explained above and was also affected by the litigation gain from the Louis Frey
litigation settlement in 2007. Excluding the impact of the non-cash goodwill impairment charge of
$35.2 million, our adjusted EBITDA margin was 24.1%.
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase (decrease) |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
(In dollars) |
|
|
(Percent) |
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
|
Reprographics services |
|
$ |
513.6 |
|
|
$ |
438.4 |
|
|
$ |
75.2 |
|
|
|
17.2 |
% |
Facilities management |
|
|
113.8 |
|
|
|
100.1 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
% |
Equipment and supplies sales |
|
|
60.9 |
|
|
|
53.3 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
14.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
688.3 |
|
|
$ |
591.8 |
|
|
$ |
96.5 |
|
|
|
16.3 |
% |
Gross profit |
|
$ |
287.0 |
|
|
$ |
254.3 |
|
|
$ |
32.7 |
|
|
|
12.9 |
% |
Selling,
general and administrative expenses |
|
$ |
143.8 |
|
|
$ |
131.7 |
|
|
$ |
12.1 |
|
|
|
9.2 |
% |
Litigation reserve/(settlement) |
|
$ |
(2.9 |
) |
|
$ |
11.3 |
|
|
$ |
(14.2 |
) |
|
|
(125.7 |
)% |
Amortization of intangibles |
|
$ |
9.1 |
|
|
$ |
5.1 |
|
|
$ |
4.0 |
|
|
|
78.4 |
% |
Interest expense, net |
|
$ |
24.4 |
|
|
$ |
23.2 |
|
|
$ |
1.2 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
% |
Income taxes provision |
|
$ |
42.2 |
|
|
$ |
32.0 |
|
|
$ |
10.2 |
|
|
|
31.9 |
% |
Net Income |
|
$ |
69.1 |
|
|
$ |
51.4 |
|
|
$ |
17.7 |
|
|
|
34.4 |
% |
EBITDA |
|
$ |
176.5 |
|
|
$ |
134.3 |
|
|
$ |
42.2 |
|
|
|
31.4 |
% |
Net Sales
Net sales in 2007 increased by 16.3%; an increase of net sales in 2007 of approximately 11.4%
was related to our stand-alone acquisitions.
Reprographics services. Net sales increased in 2007 compared to 2006 primarily due to the
expansion of our market share through acquisitions, and increases in our digital revenue. We
acquired 19 businesses at various times throughout the year, each with a primary focus on
reprographics services. We also benefited from a full year impact from our 2006 acquisitions, each
of which had a primary focus on reprographics services. These acquired businesses added sales from
their book of business to our own, and in some cases, also allowed us to aggregate regional work
from larger clients. The increase in reprographics services was partially offset by a sales
decrease in our Southern California region of approximately $12 million, excluding stand-alone
acquisitions, resulting primarily from the downturn in residential construction in Southern
California. Residential business in other areas of the country where our business is highly
concentrated, including Arizona and Florida, also contributed to the reduction in overall sales
volume. The decrease in sales resulting from the residential construction downturn was partially
offset by the addition of significant new business acquired through our Premier Accounts division,
which included more than $10 million of sales from new non-AEC customers in 2007.
Our price levels for the most part remained the same, although we had selective increases in
some markets. While most of our customers in the AEC industry still prefer paper prints, we have
seen an increase in our digital services revenue. During 2007 digital services revenue increased by
$11.5 million or 38% compared to 2006.
31
Facilities management. On-site, or facilities management services, continued to post solid
dollar volume and year-over-
year percentage gains. Specifically, sales for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007,
compared to the same period in 2006 increased by $13.7 million or 13.7%. As a percentage of overall
revenue, however, FM services decreased slightly due to the dilutive effects of acquisitions which
had small or non-existent FM programs of their own. FM revenue is derived from a single cost
per-square-foot of printed material, similar to our Reprographics services revenue. As
convenience and speed continue to characterize our customers needs, and as printing equipment
continues to become smaller and more affordable, the trend of placing equipment (and sometimes
staff) in an architectural studio or construction company office remains strong, as evidenced by an
increase of approximately 1,350 facilities management accounts in 2007, bringing our total FM
accounts to approximately 4,600. By placing such equipment on-site and billing on a per use and per
project basis, the invoice continues to be issued by us, just as if the work were produced in one
of our centralized production facilities. The resulting benefit is the convenience of on-site
production with a pass-through or reimbursable cost of business that many customers continue to
find attractive.
Equipment and supplies sales. Equipment and supplies sales increased by 14.3% over the same
period in 2006, of which approximately 12% of the increase was related to our stand-alone
acquisitions in 2007. Acquisition activity in the past three years has increased our focus on
equipment sales, as several of these new businesses possess a strong equipment and supplies
business unit and we have continued to focus on the evolving needs of our customers.
Gross Profit
During the 12 months ended December 31, 2007, gross profit margin increased to $287 million
and was 41.7%, compared to $254.3 million and 43% for the same period in 2006, on sales growth of
$96.5 million.
The increase in revenue was the primary factor for the dollar volume increase in gross profit
during the 12 months ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in gross margins was partly due to the
fact that a significant portion of our sales increases were driven by acquisitions with gross
margins lower than existing operating divisions. Until our typical performance standards can be
applied, such acquisitions temporarily depress gross margins, as do new branch openings and fold-in
acquisitions. Specifically, 2007 stand alone acquisitions negatively impacted the gross profit
percentage by approximately 90 basis points. The drop in margins was also attributable to
unabsorbed labor costs of approximately 90 basis points, as expected sales during 2007 did not
materialize due to regional sales decreases in our residential construction-related business as
noted in the Net Revenue section above. Material costs as a percentage of net sales had a slight
improvement, as our purchasing power as one of the largest purchasers of reprographics equipment in
the country continued to keep our material cost and purchasing costs low by industry standards.
Facilities management revenues are a significant component of our gross margins. We believe
that this service segment will continue to be a strong margin producer. Customers continue to view
on-site services and digital equipment as a high-value convenience offering. We believe that more
customers will adopt these services, as the equipment continues to become smaller and more
affordable.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. In 2007, selling, general and administrative
expenses increased by $12.1 million or 9.2% over 2006. The increase is primarily attributable to
the increase in our sales volume and acquisitions explained above. Expenses rose primarily due to
the increase in administrative wages and sales personnel compensation of $5.2 million and
$4.4 million, respectively that accompany sales growth. Stock-based compensation expense also
contributed to the increase in general and administrative expense as stock-based compensation
increased by $1.3 million primarily due to stock options granted in the first quarter of 2007.
Additionally, in March 2007, we incurred expenses of approximately $0.5 million in connection with
a secondary stock offering, primarily to facilitate the sale of shares owned by our former
financial sponsor, Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC. Partially offsetting the increase in selling,
general and administrative expense was a $3.3 million favorable settlement of two related lawsuits
in which we were plaintiff. Excluding costs related to that litigation, which included legal fees
and accrued compensation payments related to the settlement, the settlement returned a $1.7 million
benefit to us for the 12 months ended December 31, 2007. For more information on the details of
these lawsuits and settlement, please refer to Note 8- Commitments and Contingencies to our
consolidated financial statements included in this report.
As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses declined by 1.4% in
2007 as compared to 2006 due to increases in sales, the fixed cost nature of some of these expenses
in our existing operating divisions and corporate offices, and the financial benefit of the
litigation settlement described above, which yielded a $1.7 million benefit in 2007.
Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles increased $4 million during 2007,
compared to 2006 primarily due to an increase in identified amortizable intangible assets such as
customer relationships and trade names associated with our 19 business acquisitions completed
throughout 2007. Also contributing to the increase is the full year impact of 2006 acquisitions.
The three acquisitions that had the biggest impact on amortization expense were the acquisition of
MBC Precision Imaging in March 2007, the acquisition of Imaging Technologies Services in April
2007, and the acquisition of
Reliable Graphics in July 2006.
32
Litigation Reserve. In 2006 we accounted for the judgment entered against us in the
previously-disclosed Louis Frey bankruptcy litigation in the United States Bankruptcy Court,
Southern District of New York, by recording a litigation charge of $14 million that included a
$11.3 million litigation reserve ($11.1 million in awarded damages, and $0.2 million in preference
claims that we paid in 2006), and interest expense of $2.7 million. We settled this for
$10.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2007 and accordingly recognized a benefit of
$3.3 million ($2.9 million litigation gain, and $0.4 million in interest) in 2007. For more
information on the Louis Frey Company litigation, please refer to Note 8 -Commitments and
Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
Interest Expense. Net interest expense was $24.4 million in 2007 compared with $23.2 million
in 2006, an increase of 5.2% year-over-year. The increase of $1.2 million is related to an increase
of interest expense of $4.3 million, primarily due to borrowings to finance acquisitions and
additional capital leases. Specifically, we borrowed $18 million and $50 million to finance the
acquisitions of MBC Precision Imaging and Imaging Technology Services in March and April 2007,
respectively. This increase is offset by a decrease of $3.1 million of interest expense related to
the Louis Frey litigation reserve in 2006 and settlement in 2007.
Loss on the extinguishment of debt. In December of 2007, we entered into a new Credit and
Guaranty Agreement and extinguished the debt under our previous credit facility. Accordingly, we
wrote off unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.9 million and recognized a $0.4 million
expense resulting from the termination of an interest rate collar associated with the extinguished
debt.
Income Taxes. Our effective income tax rate decreased from 38.3% in 2006 to 37.9% in 2007.
The decrease is primarily due to a Domestic Production Activities Deduction (DPAD) to be taken in
our consolidated federal income tax return for the 2007 tax year. This decrease was partially
offset by a slightly higher effective state income tax rate for the same period.
Net Income. Net income increased to $69.1 million in 2007 compared to $51.4 million in 2006
due to the increase in sales in 2007, and the litigation charge taken in 2006 and associated
settlement in 2007. The litigation charge taken in 2006 associated with the Louis Frey litigation
resulted in an $8.4 million negative impact on 2006 net income and a positive $2.1 million impact
on 2007 net income.
EBITDA. Our EBITDA margin increased to 25.6% in 2007 compared to 22.7% in 2006 primarily due
to the litigation reserve in 2006 and gain from the Louis Frey litigation settlement in 2007, and
an increase in sales in 2007.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain quarterly financial data for the eight quarters ended
December 31, 2008. This unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the
annual financial statements and, in our opinion, reflects all adjustments, necessary for a fair
presentation of the information for periods presented. Operating results for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
|
|
Mar. 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
Sept. 30, |
|
|
Dec. 31, |
|
|
Mar. 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
Sept. 30, |
|
|
Dec. 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Reprographics
services |
|
|
142,496 |
|
|
|
139,211 |
|
|
|
127,455 |
|
|
|
108,900 |
|
|
|
119,779 |
|
|
|
133,257 |
|
|
|
131,655 |
|
|
|
128,940 |
|
Facilities
management |
|
|
29,551 |
|
|
|
31,209 |
|
|
|
30,977 |
|
|
|
29,246 |
|
|
|
26,356 |
|
|
|
28,984 |
|
|
|
29,241 |
|
|
|
29,267 |
|
Equipment and
supplies sales |
|
|
15,396 |
|
|
|
14,521 |
|
|
|
16,153 |
|
|
|
15,872 |
|
|
|
14,079 |
|
|
|
15,542 |
|
|
|
15,316 |
|
|
|
15,939 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
187,443 |
|
|
$ |
184,941 |
|
|
$ |
174,585 |
|
|
$ |
154,018 |
|
|
$ |
160,214 |
|
|
$ |
177,783 |
|
|
$ |
176,212 |
|
|
$ |
174,146 |
|
Quarterly sales as a
% of annual sales |
|
|
26.7 |
% |
|
|
26.4 |
% |
|
|
24.9 |
% |
|
|
22.0 |
% |
|
|
23.3 |
% |
|
|
25.8 |
% |
|
|
25.6 |
% |
|
|
25.3 |
% |
Gross profit |
|
$ |
79,603 |
|
|
$ |
79,088 |
|
|
$ |
70,015 |
|
|
$ |
56,566 |
|
|
$ |
67,779 |
|
|
$ |
74,816 |
|
|
$ |
72,664 |
|
|
$ |
71,778 |
|
Income (loss) from
operations |
|
$ |
36,894 |
|
|
$ |
36,776 |
|
|
$ |
28,228 |
|
|
$ |
(18,512 |
) |
|
$ |
31,800 |
|
|
$ |
37,866 |
|
|
$ |
33,066 |
|
|
$ |
34,310 |
|
EBITDA |
|
$ |
49,213 |
|
|
$ |
49,035 |
|
|
$ |
41,136 |
|
|
$ |
(5,419 |
) |
|
$ |
40,158 |
|
|
$ |
47,895 |
|
|
$ |
43,566 |
|
|
$ |
44,867 |
|
Net Income |
|
$ |
18,498 |
|
|
$ |
18,876 |
|
|
$ |
15,067 |
|
|
$ |
(15,687 |
) |
|
$ |
16,844 |
|
|
$ |
19,612 |
|
|
$ |
15,945 |
|
|
$ |
16,737 |
|
33
The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income for each respective quarter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
|
|
Mar. 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
Sept. 30, |
|
|
Dec. 31, |
|
|
Mar. 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
Sept. 30, |
|
|
Dec. 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
EBITDA |
|
$ |
49,213 |
|
|
$ |
49,035 |
|
|
$ |
41,136 |
|
|
$ |
(5,419 |
) |
|
$ |
40,158 |
|
|
$ |
47,895 |
|
|
$ |
43,566 |
|
|
$ |
44,867 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(7,146 |
) |
|
|
(6,559 |
) |
|
|
(6,180 |
) |
|
|
(6,004 |
) |
|
|
(5,161 |
) |
|
|
(6,642 |
) |
|
|
(6,872 |
) |
|
|
(5,699 |
) |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,327 |
) |
Income tax benefit (provision) |
|
|
(11,452 |
) |
|
|
(11,384 |
) |
|
|
(7,041 |
) |
|
|
8,675 |
|
|
|
(9,795 |
) |
|
|
(11,612 |
) |
|
|
(10,249 |
) |
|
|
(10,547 |
) |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(12,117 |
) |
|
|
(12,216 |
) |
|
|
(12,848 |
) |
|
|
(12,939 |
) |
|
|
(8,358 |
) |
|
|
(10,029 |
) |
|
|
(10,500 |
) |
|
|
(10,557 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
18,498 |
|
|
$ |
18,876 |
|
|
$ |
15,067 |
|
|
$ |
(15,687 |
) |
|
$ |
16,844 |
|
|
$ |
19,612 |
|
|
$ |
15,945 |
|
|
$ |
16,737 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that quarterly revenues and operating results may vary significantly in the future
and that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful
and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. In addition, our quarterly
operating results are typically affected by seasonal factors, primarily the number of working days
in a quarter. Historically, our fourth quarter is the slowest, reflecting the slowdown in
construction activity during the holiday season, and our second quarter is the strongest,
reflecting the fewest holidays and best weather compared to other quarters.
Impact of Inflation
Inflation has not had a significant effect on our operations. Price increases for raw
materials, such as paper, typically have been, and we expect will continue to be, passed on to
customers in the ordinary course of business.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of cash have been operations and borrowings under our bank credit
facilities. Our historical uses of cash have been for acquisitions of reprographics businesses,
payment of principal and interest on outstanding debt obligations, and capital expenditures.
Supplemental information pertaining to our historical sources and uses of cash is presented as
follows and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated statements of cash flows and notes
thereto included elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
127,266 |
|
|
$ |
101,386 |
|
|
$ |
98,354 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
$ |
(30,807 |
) |
|
$ |
(132,688 |
) |
|
$ |
(77,488 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
$ |
(74,334 |
) |
|
$ |
44,353 |
|
|
$ |
(31,867 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Activities
Net
cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was primarily
related to adjusted net income of $59.0 million,
depreciation and amortization of $50.1 million and a change in accounts receivable of $21.6
million. Our cash flows from operations are mainly driven by sales and net profit generated from
these sales. Our increase in cash flows from operations in 2008 compared to the same period in 2007
was mainly due to two factors; improved accounts receivable collections, and in the fourth quarter
of 2007 we had a $10.5 million cash payment related to the settlement of the previously disclosed
Louis Frey litigation. As evidence of our improved collection efforts, our days sales outstanding
of 45 days as of December 31, 2008 reflect a five day improvement, as compared to 50 days as of
December 31, 2007. The accounts receivable cash inflow from operating activities in 2008 was
positively affected by strong sales in the fourth quarter of 2007, which were collected in 2008.
In 2008, our sales dropped significantly during November and December, hence we anticipate that
this will negatively impact our cash flows from
operations in 2009. If recent negative sales trends continue in 2009, this will significantly
impact our cash flows from operations in 2009. With the downturn in the general economy we expect
that we will continue to focus efforts on our accounts receivable collections.
34
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily
related to net income of $69.1 million and depreciation and amortization of $39.4 million. Our cash
flows from operations are mainly driven by sales and net profit generated from these sales. Our
increase in cash flows from operations in 2007 compared to the same period in 2006 was mainly due
to our 16.3% increase in sales that were driven by acquisitions. Specifically, 2007 stand-alone
acquisitions contributed approximately $9.7 million to operating cash flows in 2007. Also
contributing to our increase in operating cash flows in 2007 compared to 2006 is our decrease in
selling, general, and administrative expenses of 1.4% as a percentage of sales. Selling, general,
and administrative expenses had a net benefit of $1.7 million, after legal expenses incurred in
2007, due to a favorable litigation settlement in 2007 (Please refer to Note 8- Commitments and
Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.) The increase in
cash flows from operating activities was partially offset by the $10.5 million cash payment in the
fourth quarter related to the settlement of the previously disclosed Louis Frey litigation. The
cash flows from operating activities remained strong as evidenced by the fact that operating cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 2007 represents 14.7% of revenue. Net cash flows generated
from operating activities in 2007 have and will be used to pay for acquisitions and payment of our
debt obligations. Our days sales outstanding improved to 50 days as of December 31, 2007, as
compared to 51 days as of December 31, 2006.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily
related to net income of $51.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $27.8 million, Louis Frey
litigation charge of $14 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of
$14.9 million, net of acquisitions. The increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses was
primarily due to the timing of tax payments and trade payables. These factors were offset by the
growth in accounts receivable of $5.8 million, primarily related to increased sales during 2006.
Our days sales outstanding remained consistent with 2005 at 51 days as of December 31, 2006.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities primarily related to acquisition of businesses and
capital expenditures. Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and including other
cash payments and earnout payments associated with the acquisitions, amounted to $23.9 million,
$132.7 million, and $62.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006,
respectively. We incurred capital expenditures totaling $9.0 million, $8.3 million, and
$7.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Our restricted
cash inflow of $1.0 million in 2008 related to the receipt of an escrow account established in
connection with the acquisition of a business. Our restricted cash inflow of $7.9 million in 2007
related to the settlement of the Louis Frey litigation in the fourth quarter of 2007. Our
restricted cash out flow in 2006 of $8.4 million was due to the cash collateral of $7.5 million we
posted to stay the execution of the Louis Frey judgment pending appeal and a $0.9 million escrow
account established in connection with one of our acquisitions. Cash used in investing activities
will vary depending on the timing and the size of acquisitions and funds required to finance our
business expansion will come from operating cash flows and additional borrowings.
Financing Activities
Net cash of $74.3 million used in financing activities during the 12 months ended December 31,
2008, primarily relates to scheduled payments of $51.9 million on our debt agreements and capital
leases and a $22.0 million pay down on our revolving credit facility. Net cash provided by
financing activities in 2007 primarily related to net borrowing of $22 million on our existing
revolving credit facility and a $50 million borrowing from our term loan facility in order to
facilitate the consummation of certain acquisitions. We used proceeds under the credit agreement
entered into in December 2007 to prepay in full all principal and interest payable under the then
existing Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of December 21, 2005.
The proceeds from this borrowing were offset by scheduled payments of $19.2 million on capital
lease obligations and $7.7 million used to repurchase Company stock. Net cash used in 2006
primarily related to the net repayment of debt and capital leases of $37.8 million, offset by
$2.1 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and the related excess tax benefit of
$4.0 million.
Our cash position, working capital, and debt obligations as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and
2006 are shown below and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated balance sheets and
notes thereto elsewhere in this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
46,542 |
|
|
$ |
24,802 |
|
|
$ |
11,642 |
|
Working capital |
|
$ |
29,798 |
|
|
$ |
4,695 |
|
|
$ |
21,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings from senior secured credit facilities |
|
$ |
261,250 |
|
|
$ |
297,000 |
|
|
$ |
215,651 |
|
Other debt obligations |
|
|
99,790 |
|
|
|
93,267 |
|
|
|
57,494 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt obligations |
|
$ |
361,040 |
|
|
$ |
390,267 |
|
|
$ |
273,145 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
As discussed in Item 7 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk, we had
$361.0 million of total debt and capital leases outstanding as of December 31, 2008, of which zero
was bearing interest at variable rates. To manage our working capital, we focus on our number of
days outstanding to monitor accounts receivable, as receivables are the most significant element of
our working capital.
We believe that our current cash balance and additional cash flows provided by operations in
2009 will be adequate to cover the next twelve months working capital needs, debt service
requirements and planned capital expenditures, to the extent such items are known or are reasonably
determinable based on current business and market conditions. However, we may elect to finance
certain of our capital expenditure requirements through borrowings under our revolving credit
facility, which has an available balance of $71.0 million as of December 31, 2008, or the issuance
of additional debt which is dependent on availability of third party financing.
During recent months, financial markets throughout the world have been experiencing extreme
disruption, including, among other things, extreme volatility in security prices and severely
diminished liquidity and credit availability. These developments and the related general economic
downturn may adversely impact our business and financial condition in a number of ways, including
effects beyond those typically associated with other recent downturns in the U.S. and foreign
economies. The current lack of credit in financial markets and the general economic downturn may
adversely affect the ability of our customers and suppliers to obtain financing for significant
operations and purchases and to perform their obligations under their agreements with us. The
tightening could result in a decrease in, or cancellation of, existing business, could limit new
business, and could negatively impact our ability to collect our accounts receivable on a timely
basis. We are unable to predict the duration and severity of the current economic downturn and
disruption in financial markets or their effects on our business and results of operations, but the
consequences may be materially adverse and more severe than other recent economic slowdowns.
Despite the recent downturn in the economy, our cash position remains strong. We had $46.5
million of cash and cash equivalents, as indicated above, and we believe our 2009 operating cash
flows will be sufficient to cover all our debt service requirements, working capital needs and
budgeted capital expenditures. However, further reductions from our fourth quarter 2008 EBITDA
levels may potentially trigger default provisions under our senior secured credit facilities. As
the impact and ramifications of the current economic downturn become known, we will continue to
adjust our operations accordingly.
Based upon 2009 projected revenue, we are implementing operational plans in-line with
achieving EBITDA and its related operating expenses that we currently believe will allow us to be
in compliance with all of our debt covenants. We believe that further cost reductions can be
implemented should projected revenue levels not be achieved. However, if actual sales for 2009 are
lower than our current projections and/or we do not successfully implement cost reduction plans, we
could be at risk of going into default under our credit and guaranty agreement in 2009. Our
ability to meet our 2009 debt covenant requirements under our credit and guaranty agreement is
highly sensitive, and dependent upon, us achieving our 2009 projected EBITDA and its related
operating expenses.
If we default on our debt covenants and are unable to obtain waivers from our lenders, the
lenders will be able to exercise their rights and remedies as defined under the credit and guaranty
agreement, including a call provision on the debt. Because our debt agreement contains
cross-default provisions, triggering a default provision under our credit agreement may require us
to repay all debt outstanding under the credit facilities including any amounts outstanding under
our revolving credit facility, which currently has no debt outstanding, and may also temporarily or
permanently restrict our ability to draw additional funds under the revolving credit facility.
During December 2007, we repurchased 447,654 shares for $7.7 million which were funded through
cash flows from operations. During 2008, we did not repurchase any common stock. Our credit
agreement allows us to repurchase stock and/or pay cash dividends in an amount not to exceed $15
million in aggregate over the term of the facility. As of December 31, 2008 we had $7.3 million
available to repurchase stock and/or pay cash dividends under the credit facility. Additional share
repurchases, if any, will be made in such amounts and at such times as we deem appropriate based
upon prevailing market and business conditions and would be primarily purchased using subordinated
debt in accordance with our credit facility.
We continually evaluate potential acquisitions. Absent a compelling strategic reason, we
target potential acquisitions that would be cash flow accretive within six months. Currently, we
are not a party to any agreements, or engaged in any negotiations regarding a material acquisition.
We expect to fund future acquisitions through cash flow provided by operations, and additional
borrowings. The extent to which we will be willing or able to use our equity or a mix of equity and
cash payments to make acquisitions will depend on the market value of our shares from time to time,
and the willingness of potential sellers to accept equity as full or partial payment.
36
Debt Obligations
Senior Secured Credit Facilities. On December 6, 2007, we entered into a Credit and Guaranty
Agreement (Credit Agreement). The Credit Agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities
aggregating up to $350 million, consisting of a $275 million term loan facility and a $75 million
revolving credit facility. We used proceeds under the Credit Agreement in the amount of
$289.4 million to extinguish in full all principal and interest payable under the then existing
Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement.
On December 19, 2007, we entered into an interest rate swap transaction (Swap Transaction)
in order to hedge the floating interest rate risk on our long term variable rate debt. Under the
terms of the Swap Transaction, we are required to make quarterly fixed rate payments to the
counterparty calculated based on an initial notional amount of $271.6 million at a fixed rate of
4.1%, while the counterparty is obligated to make quarterly floating rate payments to us based on
the three month LIBO rate. The notional amount of the interest rate swap is scheduled to decline
over the term of the term loan facility consistent with the scheduled principal payments. The Swap
Transaction has an effective date of March 31, 2008 and a termination date of December 6, 2012. At
December 31, 2008, the interest rate swap agreement had a negative fair value of $16.5 million of
which $5.9 million was recorded in accrued expenses and $10.5 was recorded in other long term
liabilities.
Loans to under our Credit Agreement will bear interest, at our option, at either the base
rate, which is equal to the higher of the bank prime lending rate or the federal funds rate plus
0.5% or LIBOR, plus, in each case, the applicable rate. The applicable rate will be determined
based upon our leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement), with a minimum and maximum
applicable rate of 0.25% and 0.75%, respectively, for base rate loans and a minimum and maximum
applicable rate of 1.25% and 1.75%, respectively, for LIBOR loans. During the continuation of
certain events of default all amounts due under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at 2.0%
above the rate otherwise applicable.
The Credit Agreement contains covenants which, among other things, require us to maintain a
minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.25:1.00, minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00, and
maximum leverage ratio of 3.00:1.00. The minimum interest coverage ratio increases to 2.50:1.00 in
2009, 2.75:1:00 in 2010, 3.00:1.00 in 2011 and 2012. The covenant ratios are assessed quarterly and
calculated on a trailing 12 months basis. The Credit Agreement also contains customary events of
default, including failure to make payments when due under the Credit Agreement; payment default
under and cross-default to other material indebtedness; breach of covenants; breach of
representations and warranties; bankruptcy; material judgments; dissolution; ERISA events; change
of control; invalidity of guarantees or security documents or repudiation by the our obligations
thereunder. The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of our assets. We were in
compliance with all of our debt covenants as of December 31, 2008. Refer to our discussion above
regarding our projected compliance with 2009 debt covenants.
Term loans are amortized over the term with the final payment due on December 6, 2012. Amounts
borrowed under the revolving credit facility must be repaid by December 6, 2012. Outstanding
obligations under the Credit Agreement may be prepaid in whole or in part without premium or
penalty.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had standby letters of credit aggregated to $4.0 million
and $4.8 million, respectively. The standby letters of credit reduce our borrowing capacity under
the revolving credit facility.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balance, borrowing capacity and applicable
interest rate under our senior secured credit facilities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008 |
|
|
As of December 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowing |
|
|
Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowing |
|
|
Interest |
|
|
|
Balance |
|
|
Capacity |
|
|
Rate |
|
|
Balance |
|
|
Capacity |
|
|
Rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term facility |
|
$ |
261,250 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
5.39 |
% |
|
$ |
275,000 |
|
|
$ |
67,998 |
|
|
|
6.93 |
% |
Revolving facility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,996 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,000 |
|
|
|
48,222 |
|
|
|
7.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
261,250 |
|
|
$ |
70,996 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
297,000 |
|
|
$ |
116,220 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, under the revolving facility, we are required to pay a fee, on a quarterly basis,
for the total unused commitment amount. This fee ranges from 0.30% to 0.50% based on our leverage
ratio at the time. We may also draw upon this credit facility through letters of credit, which
carries a fee of 0.25% of the outstanding letters of credit. The Credit Agreement allows us to
borrow Incremental Term Loans to the extent our senior secured leverage ratio (as defined in the
Credit Agreement) remains below 2.50.
37
Seller Notes. As of December 31, 2008, we had $35.4 million of seller notes outstanding, with
interest rates ranging between 5.0% and 7.1% and maturities between 2009 and 2012. These notes were
issued in connection with prior acquisitions.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2008, and 2007, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities
or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special
purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance
sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
Our future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008, by fiscal year are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2012 |
|
|
2013 |
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt obligations |
|
$ |
34,504 |
|
|
$ |
68,050 |
|
|
$ |
76,501 |
|
|
$ |
117,571 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Capital lease obligations |
|
|
24,689 |
|
|
|
19,609 |
|
|
|
11,580 |
|
|
|
5,973 |
|
|
|
2,374 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
Interest on long-term debt |
|
|
21,182 |
|
|
|
16,631 |
|
|
|
11,033 |
|
|
|
4,772 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
Operating leases |
|
|
31,273 |
|
|
|
23,888 |
|
|
|
17,176 |
|
|
|
10,944 |
|
|
|
6,881 |
|
|
|
14,285 |
|
FIN 48 liability (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
111,648 |
|
|
$ |
128,178 |
|
|
$ |
116,290 |
|
|
$ |
139,260 |
|
|
$ |
9,463 |
|
|
$ |
14,498 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
FIN 48 Liability. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48 we have a
$1.1 million contingent liability for uncertain tax positions. We are
not updating the disclosures in our long-term contractual obligations
table presented above because of the difficulty in making reasonably
reliable estimates of the timing of cash settlements with the
respective taxing authorities (see Note 7 Income Taxes to our
consolidated financial statements included in this report for
additional discussion). |
Operating Leases. We have entered into various noncancelable operating leases primarily
related to facilities, equipment and vehicles used in the ordinary course of our business.
Contingent Transaction Consideration. We have entered into earnout agreements in connection
with prior acquisitions. If the acquired businesses generate operating profits or revenues in
excess of predetermined targets, we are obligated to make additional cash payments in accordance
with the terms of such earnout agreements. As of December 31, 2008, the maximum amount that may be
required to be paid out under existing earnout agreements is $8.5 million, in the aggregate,
between 2009 and 2010. These additional cash payments are accounted for as goodwill when earned.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our management prepares financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. This requires us to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We
evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and rely on historical experience and
other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ
from those estimates and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
We believe the critical accounting policies and areas that require more significant judgments and
estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements to be the following:
goodwill and other intangible assets; revenue recognition; allowance for doubtful accounts; and
commitments and contingencies.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We periodically assess potential impairments of its long-lived assets in accordance with the
provisions of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets. An
impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered by us include, but are not
limited to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future
operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy
for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends. When the carrying
value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the
above indicators of impairment, we estimate the future undiscounted cash flows expected to
result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected
future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the
asset, we recognize an impairment loss. An impairment loss is reflected as the amount by which the
carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on the fair market value if
available, or discounted cash flows, if not. This requires significant judgments including
estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, and the useful life over
which cash flows will occur.
38
Our operating segments are being negatively impacted by the drop in commercial and residential
construction resulting from the current economic environment. As a result of this, our earnings
outlook has declined and we recorded a goodwill impairment of $35.2 million during the fourth
quarter of 2008 (see below). Before assessing our goodwill for impairment we evaluated, as
described above, the long-lived assets in our operating segments for impairment at December 31,
2008 given the reduced level of expected sales, profits and cash flows. Based on this assessment,
we determined that there was no impairment.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
We assess goodwill at least annually for impairment as of September 30 or more frequently if
events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Goodwill impairment testing is
performed at the operating segment (or reporting unit) level. Goodwill is assigned to reporting
units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting
units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the
activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or internally generated, are available to
support the value of the goodwill. During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, based on a
combination of factors, including the current economic environment, and a significant decline in
our market capitalization, we concluded that there were sufficient indicators to require us to
perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis as of December 31, 2008.
Goodwill impairment testing is a two-step process. Step 1 involves comparing the fair value of
our reporting units to their carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater
than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the reporting units carrying amount is
greater than the fair value, the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment,
if any. Step 2 calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all
tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, of the reporting unit from the fair value of
the reporting unit as determined in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill determined in this
step is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less
than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference. The
result our analysis indicated that eight of our reporting units, six in the United States, one in
Canada, and one in the United Kingdom have a goodwill impairment. Accordingly, we recorded a
pretax, non-cash charge for the year ended December 31, 2008 to reduce the carrying value of
goodwill by $35.2 million. (See Note: 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our
consolidated financial statements included in this report).
We determine the fair market value of our reporting units using a market approach and an
income approach. Under the market-based approach, we utilized information regarding our Company to
determine earnings multiples that are used to value our reporting units. Under the income
approach, we determine fair value based on estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit,
discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of
inherent risk of a reporting unit. We assign a higher weight to the discounted cash flow model due
to the fact that current market conditions are depressed and this models factors in projected cash
flows. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use
of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates and operating margins,
discount rates and future market conditions, among others.
Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on our
business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions regarding our future
projections made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing during the year ended December 31,
2008 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted
revenue or gross margins of certain reporting units are not achieved, we may be required to record
additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with our next
annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2009 or prior to that, if any such change
constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill impairment test
is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge
would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.
In connection with our acquisitions, we have applied the provisions of SFAS No. 141 Business
Combinations, using the purchase method of accounting. The assets and liabilities assumed were
recorded at their estimated fair values. The excess purchase price over those fair values was
recorded as goodwill and other intangible assets.
The additions to goodwill include the excess purchase price over the fair value of net
tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired adjustments to acquisition costs and
certain earnout payments. (See Note 3 Acquisitions to our consolidated financial statements
included in this report.)
39
Other intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives.
Intangible assets with finite useful lives consist primarily of non-compete covenants, trade names,
and customer relationships and are amortized over the expected period of benefit which ranges from
two to 20 years using the straight-line and accelerated methods. Customer relationships are
amortized under an accelerated method which reflects the related customer attrition rates and trade
names and non-compete covenants are amortized using the straight-line method.
Revenue Recognition
We apply the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting
Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements. In general, we recognize
revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) shipment of products has
occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price charged is fixed or determinable and
(iv) collection is reasonably assured. Net sales include an allowance for estimated sales returns
and discounts.
We recognize revenues from reprographics and facilities management services when services have
been rendered while revenues from the resale of reprographics supplies and equipment are recognized
upon delivery to the customer or upon customer pickup.
We have established contractual pricing for certain large national customer accounts (Premier
Accounts). These contracts generally establish uniform pricing at all branches for Premier
Accounts. Revenues earned from our Premier Accounts are recognized in the same manner as
non-Premier Account revenues.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We perform periodic credit evaluations of the financial condition of our customers, monitor
collections and payments from customers, and generally do not require collateral. We provide for
the possible inability to collect accounts receivable by recording an allowance for doubtful
accounts. We write off an account when it is considered uncollectible. We estimate our allowance
for doubtful accounts based on historical experience, aging of accounts receivable, and information
regarding the creditworthiness of our customers. In 2008, 2007, and 2006, we recorded expenses of
$4.9 million, $1.3 million, and $0.6 million, respectively, related to the allowance for trade
receivables.
Commitments and Contingencies
In the normal course of business, we estimate potential future loss accruals related to legal,
tax and other contingencies. These accruals require managements judgment on the outcome of various
events based on the best available information. However, due to changes in facts and circumstances,
the ultimate outcomes could differ from managements estimates.
Stock-Based Compensation
Prior to the January 1, 2006, adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R), we accounted for stock-based
compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board (APB)
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations.
Accordingly, because the stock option grant price equaled the market price on the date of grant, no
compensation expense was recognized for Company-issued stock options issued prior to fiscal year
2004. As permitted by SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123), stock-based
compensation was included as a pro forma disclosure in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition
method and, as a result, did not retroactively adjust results from prior periods. Under this
transition method, stock-based compensation was recognized for: (i) expense related to the
remaining unvested portion of all stock option awards granted in 2005, based on the grant date fair
value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123; and (ii) expense related to
all stock option awards granted on or subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair
value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. In accordance with SAB 107, the
remaining unvested options issued by us prior to its initial public offering are not included in
its SFAS 123R option pool. As a result, unless subsequently modified, repurchased or cancelled,
such unvested options will not be included in stock-based compensation. We apply the Black-Scholes
valuation model in determining the fair value of share-based payments to employees, which is then
amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
40
Total stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, on income
before income taxes and net income was $4.3 million, $3.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively.
Future stock-based compensation may be
significantly impacted in the event of a repricing or modification of existing awards. In
addition, upon the adoption of SFAS 123R, the net tax benefit resulting from the exercise of stock
options, in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, are classified as financing cash inflows.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
On September 15, 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted
accounting principles and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This Statement applies
under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB
having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant
measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement does not require any new fair value
measurements. We adopted the required provisions of SFAS 157 that became effective in the first
quarter of 2008. The adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-1, Application of FASB
Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair
Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 - FSP FAS
157-1 amends the application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No.13, Accounting for
Leases and its related interpretive accounting pronouncements that address leasing transactions.
FSP FAS 157-1 is effective upon initial adoption of SFAS 157. The adoption of SFAS 157 within the
scope of FSP 157-1 did not have any impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB
Statement No. 157. FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities, except for certain items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value
in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). The initial adoption of FSP
157-2, is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows.
In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value
of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active - FSP FAS 157-3 clarifies the
application of SFAS No. 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate
key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that
financial asset is not active. FSP FAS 157-3 is effective upon issuance, including prior periods
for which financial statements have not been issued. The adoption of SFAS 157 within the scope of
FSP 157-3 did not have any impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 . SFAS No. 159 permits
entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.
Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected will be
recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. We have not elected the fair value option
for any of its eligible financial assets or liabilities.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R (revised 2007), Business Combinations, which
replaces SFAS No 141. SFAS 141R establishes the principles and requirements for how an acquirer:
(i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; (ii) recognizes and measures
the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and
(iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to
evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R makes some
significant changes to existing accounting practices for acquisitions. SFAS 141R is to be applied
prospectively to business combinations consummated on or after the beginning of the first annual
reporting period on or after December 15, 2008. The initial adoption of SFAS No. 141R, is not
expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows, but potential 2009
acquisitions may have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows. Currently, we
are not a party to any agreements, or engaged in any negotiations regarding a material acquisition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated
Financial Statements an Amendment of ARB No. 51. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting
standards that require: (i) noncontrolling interests to be reported as a component of equity;
(ii) changes in a parents ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling interest to
be accounted for as equity transactions, and (iii) any retained noncontrolling equity investment
upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary to be initially measured at fair value. SFAS 160 is to be
applied prospectively at the beginning of the first annual reporting period on or after
December 15, 2008. Upon adoption minority interest of $6.1 million will be reclassified to equity.
41
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 . This Standard requires enhanced
disclosures regarding derivatives and hedging
activities, including: (a) the manner in which an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) the
manner in which derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS
No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities; and (c) the effect of
derivative instruments and related hedged items on an entitys financial position, financial
performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161 will become effective beginning with the first quarter of
2009. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of SFAS No. 161 will not have a material impact on
our results of operations or cash flows.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful
Life of Intangible Asset. FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing
renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset
under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. FSP 142-3 is effective for calendar-year
companies beginning January 1, 2009. The requirement for determining useful lives must be applied
prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date and the disclosure
requirements must be applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and
subsequent to, the effective date. The initial adoption of FSP 142-3, is not expected to have a
material impact on our results of operations or cash flows.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles. This standard reorganizes the GAAP hierarchy in order to improve financial reporting by
providing a consistent framework for determining what accounting principles should be used when
preparing U.S. GAAP financial statements. SFAS 162 shall be effective 60 days after the SECs
approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Boards amendments to Interim Auditing
Standard, AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, this new standard may have
on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF No. 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in
Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. The FSP addresses whether
instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to
vesting and therefore need to be included in the earnings allocation in calculating earnings per
share under the two-class method described in SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share. The FSP requires
companies to treat unvested share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividend
or dividend equivalents as a separate class of securities in calculating earnings per share. The
FSP is effective for calendar-year companies beginning January 1, 2009. The adoption of FSP EITF
No. 03-6-1, is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk associated with our debt
instruments. We use both fixed and variable rate debt as sources of financing.
On December 19, 2007, we entered into an interest rate swap transaction (Swap Transaction)
in order to hedge the floating interest rate risk on our long term variable rate debt. Under the
terms of the Swap Transaction, we are required to make quarterly fixed rate payments to the
counterparty calculated based on an initial notional amount of $271.6 million at a fixed rate of
4.1%, while the counterparty is obligated to make quarterly floating rate payments to us based on
the three month LIBO rate. The notional amount of the interest rate swap is scheduled to decline
over the term of the term loan facility consistent with the scheduled principal payments.
The Swap Transaction has an effective date of March 31, 2008 and a termination date of
December 6, 2012. At December 31, 2008, the interest rate swap agreement had a negative fair value
of $16.5 million of which $6.0 million was recorded in accrued expenses and $10.5 million was
recorded in other long-term liabilities.
As of December 31, 2008, we had $361.0 million of total debt and capital lease obligations,
none of which bore interest at variable rates, after factoring in our interest rate swap on our
senior secured debt.
We have not, and do not plan to, enter into any derivative financial instruments for trading
or speculative purposes. As of December 31, 2008, we had no other significant material exposure to
market risk, including foreign exchange risk and commodity risks.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Our financial statements and the accompanying notes that are filed as part of this report are
listed under Part IV, Item 15. Financial Statements Schedules and Reports and are set forth
beginning on page F-1 immediately following the signature pages of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
42
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants On Accounting And Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information
required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized,
and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commissions rules
and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of
our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2008. Based on that evaluation, our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of December 31, 2008, our
disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15(d)-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Under the
supervision and with the participation of the Companys management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and President, and our Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. Based on that evaluation, the Companys management concluded that its internal control
over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008. Managements report is included
with our Consolidated Financial Statements under Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Managements assessment of the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2008, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm under Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no significant changes to internal control over financial reporting during the
quarter ended December 31, 2008, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
43
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Certain information regarding our executive officers is included in Part I, Item 1, of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K under Executive Officers of the Registrant. All other information
regarding directors, executive officers and corporate governance required by this item is
incorporated herein by reference to the applicable information in the proxy statement for our 2009
annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after our fiscal
year end of December 31, 2008, and is set forth under Nominees for Director, Corporate
Governance Profile, Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance, and in other
applicable sections in the proxy statement.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the applicable
information in the proxy statement for our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders and is set forth
under Executive Compensation.
The information in the section of the proxy statement for our 2009 annual meeting captioned
Compensation Committee Report is incorporated by reference herein but shall be deemed furnished,
not filed and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing we make under the
Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the applicable
information in the proxy statement for our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders and is set forth
under Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the applicable
information in the proxy statement for our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders and is set forth
under Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Corporate Governance Profile.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the proxy
statement for our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders and is set forth under Auditor Fees.
44
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements are filed as part of this report:
Managements Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(2) Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules have been omitted as the required information is not present or is not
present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information
required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on form 10-K:
Index to Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed
February 2, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
the Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws, adopted by Board January 28,
2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13,
2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement
dated as of December 21, 2005 by and among American
Reprographics Company; American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C., American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., certain
subsidiaries of American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., or
guarantors, and the lenders named therein (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on
December 21, 2005). |
45
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit and
Guaranty Agreement dated effective as of July 17, 2006, by
and among American Reprographics Company L.L.C., a California
limited liability company, American Reprographics Company, a
Delaware corporation, certain financial institutions listed
in the signature pages thereto, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
L.P., as Sole Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner, JPMorgan
Securities, Inc., as Joint Bookrunner, General Electric
Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and as
Collateral Agent and the Credit Support Parties listed on the
signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q filed on August 14, 2006). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit and
Guaranty Agreement dated as of April 27, 2007 by and among
American Reprographics Company; American Reprographics
Company, L.L.C.; American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C.;
certain subsidiaries of American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C., or guarantors, the lenders named therein, Goldman
Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as sole lead arranger, sole
bookrunner and sole syndication agent, and General Electric
Capital Corporation, as administrative agent (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on May 2,
2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on
January 13, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2005 Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock
Plan dated May 22, 2007 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.63 to the Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock
Plan dated May 2, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2008). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Form of American Reprographics Company Stock Option Grant
Notice Non-employee Directors (Discretionary Non-statutory
Stock Options) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Form of American Reprographics Company Non-employee
Directors Stock Option Agreement (Discretionary Grants)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K
filed on December 16, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.10 |
|
|
American Reprographics Company 2005 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
Amendment to American Reprographics Company 2005 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan dated September 29, 2006 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Form 10-K filed on March 1,
2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to American Reprographics Company 2005
Employee Stock Purchase Plan dated May 2, 2008 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed on
August 8, 2008). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.13 |
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated November 19, 1997, between American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly Ford Graphics Group,
L.L.C.) and Sumo Holdings LA, LLC (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15,
2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.14 |
|
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 934 and
940 Venice Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA, effective as of
August 2, 2005, by and between Sumo Holdings LA, LLC,
Landlord and American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly
known as FORD GRAPHICS GROUP, L.L.C.) Tenant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.15 |
|
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C. and Sumo Holdings San Jose, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on
October 15, 2004). |
46
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.16 |
|
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C. and Sumo Holdings Irvine, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on
October 15, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.17 |
|
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as 17721
Mitchell North, Irvine, CA, effective as of August 2, 2005,
by and between Sumo Holdings Irvine, LLC, Lessor and American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C., Lessee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.18 |
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 1997, between American
Reprographics Company, L.L.C. and Sumo Holdings Sacramento,
LLC (Oakland Property) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15,
2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.19 |
|
|
Lease Agreement between American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C. (formerly Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.) and Sumo
Holdings Sacramento, LLC (Sacramento Property) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as
filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.20 |
|
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as
1322 V Street, Sacramento, CA, effective as of August 2,
2005, by and between Sumo Holdings Sacramento, LLC, Landlord
and American Reprographics Company, L.L.C. (formerly known as
Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.) Tenant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.21 |
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated December 7, 1995, between
Leet-Melbrook, Inc. and Sumo Holdings Maryland, LLC (as
successor lessor) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15
to the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.22 |
|
|
Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as
18810 Woodfield Road, Gaithersburg, MD, effective as of
August 2, 2005, by and between Sumo Holdings Maryland, LLC,
Landlord and Leet-Melbrook, Inc., Tenant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed on
November 14, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.23 |
|
|
Second Amendment to Lease for the premises commonly known as
18810 Woodfield Road, Gaithersburg, MD, effective as of
August 1, 2006 by and between Sumo Holdings Maryland, LLC,
Landlord and Leet-Melbrook Inc., Tenant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Form 10-K filed on March 1,
2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.24 |
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated September 23, 2003, between American
Reprographics Company (dba Consolidated Reprographics) and
Sumo Holdings Costa Mesa, LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15,
2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.25 |
|
|
Lease agreement dated November 19, 1997, between
Dieterich-Post Company and Ford Graphics Group, L.L.C.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Form 10-K
filed on March 1, 2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.26 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated April 10, 2000, among
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., American
Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C.,
Mr. Chandramohan, Mr. Suriyakumar, Micro Device, Inc.,
Dieterich-Post Company, ZS Ford L.P., and ZS Ford L.L.C.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.27 |
|
|
Investor Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 10, 2000,
among American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., ARC
Acquisition Co., L.L.C., Mr. Chandramohan, Mr. Suriyakumar,
GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P. and GS Mezzanine Partners II
Offshore, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as filed on October 15, 2004). |
47
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.28 |
|
|
First Amendment to Investor Registration Rights Agreement,
among American Reprographics Holdings, L.L.C., American
Reprographics Company, ARC Acquisition Co., L.L.C., CHS
Associates IV, Ms. Paige Walsh, Mr. Chandramohan,
Mr. Suriyakumar, GS Mezzanine Partners II, L.P., GS Mezzanine
Partners II Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P. and
Bridge Street Special Opportunities Fund, 2000, L.P.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.29 |
|
|
Forms of Restricted Stock Award Agreements under 2005 Stock
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.30 |
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2005
Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on December 6, 2004). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.31 |
|
|
Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement under 2005 Stock
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.32 |
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.33 |
|
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan,
effective November 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrants Form 10-K filed on
March 16, 2006). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.34 |
|
|
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan,
effective March 17, 2006 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrants Form 8-K filed on March 23,
2006). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.35 |
|
|
Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan
dated March 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to Registrants Form 8-K filed on March 30,
2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.36 |
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg.
No. 333-119788), as amended on January 13, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.37 |
|
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar,
effective November 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.38 to the Registrants Form 10-K filed on
March 16, 2006). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.38 |
|
|
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar,
effective March 17, 2006 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrants Form 8-K filed on March 23,
2006). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.39 |
|
|
Third Amendment to Employment Agreement between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar,
dated July 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrants Form 8-K filed on August 1,
2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.40 |
|
|
Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar
dated March 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to Registrants Form 8-K filed on March 30,
2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.41 |
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Mark W. Legg (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on
January 13, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.42 |
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2005, between American
Reprographics Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on Form S-1 A (Reg. No. 333-119788), as amended on
January 13, 2005). |
48
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.43 |
|
|
First Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy,
effective April 17, 2008 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2008). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.44 |
|
|
Agreement to Grant Stock dated effective December 7, 2004,
between American Reprographics Company and Rahul K. Roy
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.45 |
|
|
First Amendment to Agreement to Grant Stock dated May 17,
2006 between American Reprographics Company and Rahul K. Roy
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.46 |
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement between American Reprographics
Company and Jonathan Mather dated November 29, 2006
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Form 8-K
filed on November 30, 2006). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.47 |
|
|
First Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement between
American Reprographics Company and Mr. Jonathan Mather,
effective April 17, 2008 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Form 10-Q filed on August 8,
2008). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.48 |
|
|
Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice between American
Reprographics Company and Jonathan R. Mather dated April 17,
2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the
Registrants Form 8-K filed on April 22, 2008). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.49 |
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement between American Reprographics
Company and Dilantha Wijesuriya dated February 23, 2009
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrants Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2009). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.50 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement dated February 23, 2009
between American Reprographics Company and Dilantha
Wijesuriya (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrants Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2009). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.51 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of December 4, 2006 between
American Reprographics Company and Jonathan Mather
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.52 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Sathiyamurthy
Chandramohan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to
the Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.53 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Andrew W. Code
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.54 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004
between American Reprographics Company and Thomas J. Formolo
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.55 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of October 7, 2004 between American Reprographics
Company and Mark W. Legg (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.56 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004 between American
Reprographics Company and Manuel Perez de la Mesa (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.57 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of January 11, 2005 between American Reprographics
Company and Edward D. Horowitz (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.58 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of March 3, 2005 between American Reprographics
Company and Mark W. Mealy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.59 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of September 30, 2004 between American
Reprographics Company and Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
49
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.60 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of October 7, 2004 between American Reprographics
Company and Rahul K. Roy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the
Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.61 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of February 2, 2006 between American Reprographics
Company and Dewitt Kerry McCluggage (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to
the Registrants Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.62 |
|
|
Indemnification Agreement made as of May 22, 2006, between American Reprographics
Company and Eriberto R. Scocimara (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the
Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.63 |
|
|
Consulting Agreement dated February 28, 2007 between American Reprographics Company,
L.L.C. and Legg Consulting L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 to the
Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.64 |
|
|
Consulting Agreement between Sathiyamurthy Chandramohan and American Reprographics
Company, dated July 24, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2008). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.65 |
|
|
Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of December 6, 2007 by and among American
Reprographics Company, American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., certain subsidiaries
of American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., as guarantor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
as administrative agent and collateral agents, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers, and
Wachovia Bank, National
Association, as syndication agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
Registrants Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.66 |
|
|
Security Agreement dated as of December 6, 2007 by and among American Reprographics
Company, American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., the other Grantors party thereto and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.58 to the Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2008). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.67 |
|
|
ISDA Master Agreement dated as of December 19, 2007 by and among American
Reprographics Company, American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., and Wells Fargo Bank
N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrants Form 8-K filed on
December 26, 2007). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.68 |
|
|
2007 Bonus Plan, dated February 20, 2007, between American Reprographics Company and
Jonathan Mather (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to the Form 10-K filed on
February 27, 2008). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.69 |
|
|
Second Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement between American Reprographics
Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy, effective December 22, 2008. * |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
List of Subsidiaries.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.2 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or agreement |
50
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ KUMARAKULASINGAM SURIYAKUMAR
|
|
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
Date: February 27, 2009
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ KUMARAKULASINGAM SURIYAKUMAR
Kumarakulasingam Suriyakumar
|
|
Chairman, President
and
Chief Executive
Officer and
Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
February 27, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JONATHAN R. MATHER
Jonathan R. Mather
|
|
Chief Financial
Officer and
Secretary
(Principal
Financial Officer
and Principal
Accounting Officer)
|
|
February 27, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ THOMAS J. FORMOLO
Thomas J. Formolo
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ERIBERTO SCOCIMARA
Eriberto Scocimara
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DEWITT KERRY MCCLUGGAGE
Dewitt Kerry McCluggage
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ MARK W. MEALY
Mark W. Mealy
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ MANUEL PEREZ DE LA MESA
Manuel Perez de la Mesa
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009 |
51
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-8 |
|
|
Financial Statement Schedule: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29 |
|
F-1
STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The consolidated financial statements and accompanying information were prepared by and are
the responsibility of management. The statements were prepared in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include amounts that
are based on managements best estimates and judgments.
Oversight of managements financial reporting and internal accounting control responsibilities
are exercised by the Board of Directors, through an audit committee, which consists solely of
outside directors. The committee meets periodically with financial management, internal auditors
and the independent registered public accounting firm to obtain reasonable assurance that each is
meeting its responsibilities and to discuss matters concerning auditing, internal accounting
control and financial reporting. The independent registered public accounting firm and the
Companys internal audit department have free access to meet with the audit committee without
managements presence.
MANAGEMENTS REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision
and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and President, and
the Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the
Companys evaluation under the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework , management
has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December
31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
F-2
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of American Reprographics Company:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item
15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American Reprographics
Company at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our
opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2)
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in
conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys
management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Managements Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15(a)(1). Our responsibility is to
express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the
Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted
our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our
audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have
a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent
or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 27, 2009
F-3
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
46,542 |
|
|
$ |
24,802 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
937 |
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for accounts receivable
of $5,424
and $5,092 at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007,
respectively |
|
|
77,216 |
|
|
|
97,934 |
|
Inventories, net |
|
|
11,097 |
|
|
|
11,233 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
5,831 |
|
|
|
5,791 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
11,976 |
|
|
|
10,234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
152,662 |
|
|
|
150,931 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
89,712 |
|
|
|
84,634 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
366,513 |
|
|
|
382,519 |
|
Other intangible assets, net |
|
|
85,967 |
|
|
|
86,349 |
|
Deferred financing costs, net |
|
|
3,537 |
|
|
|
5,170 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
25,404 |
|
|
|
10,710 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
2,136 |
|
|
|
2,298 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
725,931 |
|
|
$ |
722,611 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
25,171 |
|
|
$ |
35,659 |
|
Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses |
|
|
13,587 |
|
|
|
19,293 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
24,913 |
|
|
|
22,030 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases |
|
|
59,193 |
|
|
|
69,254 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
122,864 |
|
|
|
146,236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt and capital leases |
|
|
301,847 |
|
|
|
321,013 |
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
13,318 |
|
|
|
3,711 |
|
Minority interest (Note 3) |
|
|
6,121 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
444,150 |
|
|
|
470,960 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized;
zero and zero shares issued and outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized;
45,674,810 and 45,561,773 shares issued and 45,227,156 and
45,114,119 shares outstanding in 2008 and 2007, respectively |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
85,207 |
|
|
|
81,153 |
|
Deferred stock-based compensation |
|
|
(195 |
) |
|
|
(673 |
) |
Retained earnings |
|
|
215,846 |
|
|
|
179,092 |
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
|
(11,414 |
) |
|
|
(258 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,490 |
|
|
|
259,360 |
|
Less cost of common stock in treasury, 447,654 shares in 2008
and 2007 |
|
|
7,709 |
|
|
|
7,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
|
281,781 |
|
|
|
251,651 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
|
$ |
725,931 |
|
|
$ |
722,611 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Reprographics services |
|
$ |
518,062 |
|
|
$ |
513,630 |
|
|
$ |
438,375 |
|
Facilities management |
|
|
120,983 |
|
|
|
113,848 |
|
|
|
100,158 |
|
Equipment and supplies sales |
|
|
61,942 |
|
|
|
60,876 |
|
|
|
53,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
|
700,987 |
|
|
|
688,354 |
|
|
|
591,838 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
415,715 |
|
|
|
401,317 |
|
|
|
337,509 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
285,272 |
|
|
|
287,037 |
|
|
|
254,329 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
154,728 |
|
|
|
143,811 |
|
|
|
131,743 |
|
Litigation (gain) reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,897 |
) |
|
|
11,262 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
12,004 |
|
|
|
9,083 |
|
|
|
5,055 |
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
35,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations |
|
|
83,386 |
|
|
|
137,040 |
|
|
|
106,269 |
|
Other income, net |
|
|
(517 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(299 |
) |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
25,890 |
|
|
|
24,373 |
|
|
|
23,192 |
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,327 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before minority interest and income
tax provision |
|
|
58,013 |
|
|
|
111,340 |
|
|
|
83,376 |
|
Minority interest |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision |
|
|
21,200 |
|
|
|
42,203 |
|
|
|
31,982 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
36,754 |
|
|
|
69,137 |
|
|
|
51,394 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.82 |
|
|
$ |
1.52 |
|
|
$ |
1.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.81 |
|
|
$ |
1.51 |
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
45,060,482 |
|
|
|
45,421,498 |
|
|
|
45,014,786 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
45,398,086 |
|
|
|
45,829,010 |
|
|
|
45,594,950 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Additional |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
Common |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Members |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Par |
|
|
Paid-In |
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Stock in |
|
|
Stockholders |
|
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
(Loss)
Income |
|
|
Treasury |
|
|
Equity |
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,598,815 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
56,825 |
|
|
|
(1,903 |
) |
|
|
58,561 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,569 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,536 |
|
|
|
679 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,215 |
|
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock
Purchase Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,032 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
290 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
290 |
|
Issuance of common stock in connection with
accrued bonuses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,652 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,160 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,160 |
|
Issuance of common stock in connection with
acquisitions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
246,277 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,500 |
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
383,070 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2,103 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,104 |
|
Net Tax benefit from exercise of stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,051 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,051 |
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,394 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,394 |
|
Foreign Currency Translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62 |
|
Fair value adjustment of
derivatives, net of tax effects |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,355 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,346,099 |
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
75,465 |
|
|
|
(1,224 |
) |
|
|
109,955 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184,244 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,524 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,917 |
|
|
|
551 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,468 |
|
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock
Purchase Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100 |
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
169,550 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1,108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,109 |
|
Net Tax benefit from exercise of stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,563 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,563 |
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,137 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,137 |
|
Foreign Currency Translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
676 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
676 |
|
Fair value adjustment of
derivatives, net of tax effects |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(937 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(937 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68,876 |
|
Purchase of treasury shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(447,654 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,709 |
) |
|
|
(7,709 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
45,114,119 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
81,153 |
|
|
$ |
(673 |
) |
|
$ |
179,092 |
|
|
$ |
(258 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,709 |
) |
|
$ |
251,651 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,812 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,290 |
|
Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock
Purchase Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,087 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177 |
|
Net Tax benefit from exercise of stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,754 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,754 |
|
Foreign Currency Translation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,989 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,989 |
) |
Fair value adjustment of
derivatives, net of tax effects |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,167 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,167 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,598 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
45,227,156 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
85,207 |
|
|
$ |
(195 |
) |
|
$ |
215,846 |
|
|
$ |
(11,414 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,709 |
) |
|
$ |
281,781 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
36,754 |
|
|
$ |
69,137 |
|
|
$ |
51,394 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for accounts receivable |
|
|
4,966 |
|
|
|
1,315 |
|
|
|
599 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
38,117 |
|
|
|
30,362 |
|
|
|
22,694 |
|
Amortization of intangible assets |
|
|
12,004 |
|
|
|
9,083 |
|
|
|
5,055 |
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs |
|
|
1,267 |
|
|
|
515 |
|
|
|
364 |
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
35,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
4,289 |
|
|
|
3,469 |
|
|
|
2,215 |
|
Excess tax benefit related to stock options exercised |
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
(1,563 |
) |
|
|
(4,051 |
) |
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(10,172 |
) |
|
|
5,318 |
|
|
|
(3,934 |
) |
Write-off of deferred financing costs |
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
1,327 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
Litigation charge (gain) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,315 |
) |
|
|
13,947 |
|
Other noncash items, net |
|
|
(284 |
) |
|
|
(406 |
) |
|
|
(275 |
) |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business acquisitions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
21,556 |
|
|
|
(446 |
) |
|
|
(5,769 |
) |
Inventory |
|
|
3,134 |
|
|
|
694 |
|
|
|
949 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
(1,101 |
) |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
Litigation settlement payment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,500 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
(18,760 |
) |
|
|
(3,648 |
) |
|
|
14,963 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
127,266 |
|
|
|
101,386 |
|
|
|
98,354 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures |
|
|
(9,033 |
) |
|
|
(8,303 |
) |
|
|
(7,391 |
) |
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired
and including other cash payments associated with
the acquisitions |
|
|
(23,916 |
) |
|
|
(132,739 |
) |
|
|
(62,225 |
) |
Restricted cash |
|
|
937 |
|
|
|
7,911 |
|
|
|
(8,360 |
) |
Other |
|
|
1,205 |
|
|
|
443 |
|
|
|
488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(30,807 |
) |
|
|
(132,688 |
) |
|
|
(77,488 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from stock option exercises |
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
1,108 |
|
|
|
2,103 |
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
290 |
|
Treasury stock repurchase |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,709 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefit related to stock options exercised |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
1,563 |
|
|
|
4,051 |
|
Proceeds from borrowings under long-term debt agreements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
325,000 |
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
Payments on long-term debt agreements and capital leases |
|
|
(51,850 |
) |
|
|
(292,685 |
) |
|
|
(62,767 |
) |
Net borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit facility |
|
|
(22,000 |
) |
|
|
22,000 |
|
|
|
(5,000 |
) |
Payment of loan fees |
|
|
(726 |
) |
|
|
(5,024 |
) |
|
|
(544 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(74,334 |
) |
|
|
44,353 |
|
|
|
(31,867 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances |
|
|
(385 |
) |
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
21,740 |
|
|
|
13,160 |
|
|
|
(11,001 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
|
|
24,802 |
|
|
|
11,642 |
|
|
|
22,643 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
|
$ |
46,542 |
|
|
$ |
24,802 |
|
|
$ |
11,642 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
26,111 |
|
|
$ |
27,728 |
|
|
$ |
19,581 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes |
|
$ |
33,939 |
|
|
$ |
41,840 |
|
|
$ |
22,571 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations incurred |
|
$ |
34,561 |
|
|
$ |
35,263 |
|
|
$ |
22,477 |
|
Issuance of subordinated notes in connection with the
acquisition of businesses |
|
$ |
10,414 |
|
|
$ |
23,758 |
|
|
$ |
13,086 |
|
Accrued liabilities in connection with the acquisition of businesses |
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
570 |
|
|
$ |
4,300 |
|
Accrued liabilities in connection with deferred financing fees |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
663 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Stock issued for acquisition |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8,500 |
|
Change in fair value of derivative, net of tax effects |
|
$ |
(9,167 |
) |
|
$ |
(937 |
) |
|
$ |
(101 |
) |
Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of accrued bonuses |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
2,160 |
|
Contribution from minority owner |
|
$ |
6,062 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
American Reprographics Company (ARC or the Company) is the leading reprographics company in
the United States providing business-to-business document management services to the architectural,
engineering and construction industry, or AEC industry. ARC also provides these services to
companies in non-AEC industries, such as aerospace, technology, financial services, retail,
entertainment, and food and hospitality that also require sophisticated document management
services. The Company conducts its operations through its wholly-owned operating subsidiary,
American Reprographics Company, L.L.C., a California limited liability company (Opco), and its
subsidiaries.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its
wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated
in consolidation.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The
Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and relies on historical
experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances to
determine such estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences may
be material to the consolidated financial statements.
Risk and Uncertainties
During recent months, financial markets throughout the world have been experiencing extreme
disruption, including, among other things, extreme volatility in security prices and severely
diminished liquidity and credit availability. These developments and the related general economic
downturn may adversely impact the Companys business and financial condition in a number of ways,
including effects beyond those typically associated with other recent downturns in the U.S. and
foreign economies. The current lack of credit in financial markets and the general economic
downturn may adversely affect the ability of their customers and suppliers to obtain financing for
significant operations and purchases and for the customers to perform their obligations under their
agreements with the Company. The tightening could result in a decrease in, or cancellation of,
existing business, could limit new business, and could negatively impact our ability to collect our
accounts receivable on a timely basis. The Company is unable to predict the duration and severity
of the current economic downturn and disruption in financial markets or the effects on their
business and results of operations, but the consequences may be materially adverse and more severe
than other recent economic slowdowns.
Reclassifications
and Revision
The Company reclassified certain amounts in the prior year financial statements to conform to
the current presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the Consolidated Statement of
Income, as previously reported. The Company revised its presentation
of $1,135, the long-term portion of the
interest rate swap liability at December 31, 2007, from accrued expenses to other long-term
liabilities, to conform to the current presentation. The reclassification on the cash flow
statement consisted of identifying net borrowings (repayments) under the revolving credit facility
separately from borrowings and repayments under long-term debt agreements and identifying the
allowance for doubtful accounts separately from other non-cash items.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents include demand deposits and short-term investments with a maturity of three
months or less when purchased.
The Company maintains its cash deposits at numerous banks located throughout the United States
and China, which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any
losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant risk on cash and cash
equivalents.
F-8
Restricted Cash
The total restricted cash at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $0 and $937, respectively. The
2007 balance represents an escrow account established in connection with the acquisition of a
business.
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Vendors
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to a large,
diverse customer base. No individual customer represented more than 2.5% of net sales during the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
The Company has geographic concentration risk as sales in California, as a percent of total
sales, were approximately 36%, 42% and 46% for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of the financial condition of its customers,
monitors collections and payments from customers, and generally does not require collateral. The
Company provides for the possible inability to collect accounts receivable by recording an
allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company writes off an account when it is considered to be
uncollectible. The Company estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical
experience, aging of accounts receivable, and information regarding the creditworthiness of its
customers. Additionally, the Company provides an allowance for returns and discounts based on
historical experience. In 2008, 2007, and 2006 the Company recorded expenses of $4,966, $1,315 and
$599, respectively, related to the allowance for doubtful accounts.
The Company contracts with various suppliers. Although there are a limited number of suppliers
that could supply the Companys inventory, management believes any shortfalls from existing
suppliers would be absorbed from other suppliers on comparable terms. However, a change in
suppliers could cause a delay in sales and adversely effect results.
Purchases from the Companys three largest vendors during the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006 comprised approximately 42%, 47%, and 49% respectively, of the Companys total
purchases of inventory and supplies.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or
market. Inventories primarily consist of reprographics materials for use and resale and equipment
for resale. On an ongoing basis, inventories are reviewed and adjusted for estimated obsolescence
or unmarketable inventories to reflect the lower of cost or market. Charges to increase inventory
reserves are recorded as an increase in cost of sales. Estimated inventory obsolescence has been
provided for in the financial statements and has been within the range of managements
expectations. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the reserves for inventory obsolescence amounted to
$555 and $757, respectively.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method
over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
|
|
|
Buildings |
|
10-20 years |
Leasehold improvements |
|
10-20 years or lease term, if shorter |
Machinery and equipment |
|
3-7 years |
Furniture and fixtures |
|
3-7 years |
Assets acquired under capital lease arrangements are included in machinery and equipment and
are recorded at the present value of the minimum lease payments and are amortized using the
straight-line method over the life of the asset or term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Such
amortization expense is included in depreciation expense. Expenses for repairs and maintenance are
charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and betterments are capitalized. Gains or losses on
the sale or disposal of property and equipment are reflected in operating income.
F-9
The Company accounts for computer software costs developed for internal use in accordance with
Statement of Position 98-1 (SOP 98-1), Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use, which requires companies to capitalize certain qualifying costs
incurred during the application development stage of the related software development project. The
primary use of this software is for internal use and, accordingly, such capitalized software
development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the economic lives of the related
products not to exceed three years. The Companys machinery and equipment (see Note 4) includes
$2,760 and $3,469 of capitalized software development costs as of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $13,111 and $10,983 as of December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively. Depreciation expense includes the amortization of capitalized software
development costs which amounted to $2,128, $1,769 and $2,362 during the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
In August 2002, the Company decided to license internally developed software for use by third
party reprographics companies. In accordance with SOP 98-1, the Company applies the net revenues
from certain of its software licensing activity to reduce the carrying amount of the capitalized
software costs. Software licensing revenues which have been offset against the carrying amount of
capitalized software costs amounted to $0, $114 and $142 during the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company periodically assesses potential impairments of its long-lived assets in accordance
with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived
Assets. An impairment review is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered by the Company
include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or
projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets
or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends.
When the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of
one or more of the above indicators of impairment, the Company estimates the future undiscounted
cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of
the expected future undiscounted cash flows and eventual disposition is less than the carrying
amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss. An impairment loss is reflected as
the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, based on
the fair market value if available, or discounted cash flows, if not.
The operating segments of the Company are being negatively impacted by the drop in commercial
and residential construction resulting from the current economic environment. As a result of this,
the Companys earnings outlook has declined and the Company recorded a goodwill impairment of $35.2
million during the fourth quarter of 2008 (see below). Before assessing the Companys goodwill
for impairment, the Company evaluated, as described above, the long-lived assets in its operating
segments for impairment at December 31, 2008 given the reduced level of expected sales, profits and
cash flows. Based on this assessment, the Company determined that there was no impairment.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company assesses goodwill at least annually for impairment as of September 30 or more
frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Goodwill
impairment testing is performed at the operating segment (or reporting unit) level. Goodwill is
assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. Once goodwill has been
assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition,
and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or internally generated, are
available to support the value of the goodwill. During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, based
on a combination of factors, including the current economic environment, and a significant decline
in market capitalization, the Company concluded that there were sufficient indicators to require
the Company to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis as of December 31, 2008.
Goodwill impairment testing is a two-step process. Step 1 involves comparing the fair value of
the Companys reporting units to their carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit is
greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the reporting units carrying amount
is greater than the fair value, the second step must be completed to measure the amount of
impairment, if any. Step 2 calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair
value of all tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, of the reporting unit from the
fair value of the reporting unit as determined in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill
determined in this step is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of
goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the
difference. The result of the Companys analysis indicated that eight of the Companys reporting
units, six in the United States, one in Canada, and one in the United Kingdom have a goodwill
impairment. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pretax, non-cash charge for the year ended December
31, 2008 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by $35.2 million.
The Company determines the fair market value of the Companys reporting units using a market
approach and an income
approach. Under the market-based approach, the Company utilized information regarding the
Company to determine earnings multiples that are used to value the Companys reporting units. Under
the income approach, the Company determined fair value based on estimated future cash flows of each
reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the
overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit. The Company assigns a higher weight to the
discounted cash flow model due to the fact that current market conditions are depressed and this
models factors in projected cash flows. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is
judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including
revenue growth rates and operating margins, discount rates and future market conditions, among
others.
F-10
Given the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on the
Companys business, there can be no assurance that the Companys estimates and assumptions
regarding the duration of the ongoing economic downturn, or the period or strength of recovery,
made for purposes of the Companys goodwill impairment testing during the year ended December 31,
2008 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If the Companys assumptions regarding
forecasted revenue or gross margins of certain reporting units are not achieved, the Company may be
required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection
with the Companys next annual impairment testing in the third quarter of 2009 or prior to that, if
any such change constitutes a triggering event outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill
impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future
impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.
In connection with its acquisitions, the Company has applied the provisions of SFAS No. 141
Business Combinations, using the purchase method of accounting. The assets and liabilities
assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values. The excess purchase price over the fair value
of net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance at January 1 |
|
$ |
382,519 |
|
|
$ |
291,290 |
|
Additions |
|
|
20,004 |
|
|
|
90,790 |
|
Goodwill impairment |
|
|
(35,154 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Translation adjustment |
|
|
(856 |
) |
|
|
439 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance at December 31 |
|
$ |
366,513 |
|
|
$ |
382,519 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The additions to goodwill include the excess purchase price over fair value of net assets
acquired, purchase price adjustments, and certain earnout payments. See Note 3.
Other intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives.
Intangible assets with finite useful lives consist primarily of non-compete agreements, trade
names, and customer relationships and are amortized over the expected period of benefit which
ranges from three to twenty years using the straight-line and accelerated methods. Customer
relationships are amortized under an accelerated method which reflects the related customer
attrition rates, and trade names and non-compete agreements are amortized using the straight-line
method, consistent with the Companys intent to continue to utilize acquired trade names in the
future.
The following table sets forth the Companys preliminary estimate of other intangible assets
resulting from business acquisitions at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, which continue to
be amortized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008 |
|
|
December 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
|
|
Carrying |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Carrying |
|
|
Carrying |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Carrying |
|
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
Amortizable other intangible assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships |
|
$ |
96,574 |
|
|
$ |
29,233 |
|
|
$ |
67,341 |
|
|
$ |
87,045 |
|
|
$ |
19,098 |
|
|
$ |
67,947 |
|
Trade names and trademarks |
|
|
20,359 |
|
|
|
2,126 |
|
|
|
18,233 |
|
|
|
18,359 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
|
|
17,511 |
|
Non-Compete Agreements |
|
|
1,278 |
|
|
|
885 |
|
|
|
393 |
|
|
|
1,278 |
|
|
|
387 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
118,211 |
|
|
$ |
32,244 |
|
|
$ |
85,967 |
|
|
$ |
106,682 |
|
|
$ |
20,333 |
|
|
$ |
86,349 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
Based on current information, estimated future amortization expense of other intangible assets
for this fiscal year, and
each of the next five fiscal years, and thereafter are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
$ |
11,361 |
|
2010 |
|
|
10,132 |
|
2011 |
|
|
9,178 |
|
2012 |
|
|
8,275 |
|
2013 |
|
|
7,370 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
39,651 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
85,967 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Financing Costs
Direct costs incurred in connection with indebtedness agreements are capitalized as incurred
and amortized based on the effective interest method. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company
has deferred financing costs of $3,537 and $5,170, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of
$1,351 and $84, respectively.
During 2006, the Company wrote off $208 of deferred financing costs due to the early pay down
of debt. In December 2007, the Company wrote off $876 of deferred financing costs due to the
extinguishment, in full, of its Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement. The
total write off for 2007 was $1,327, including the termination of the interest rate collar. The
Company added $5,254 of deferred financing costs related to its new Credit Agreement dated
December 6, 2007. In 2008, the Company wrote off $313 of deferred financing costs.
Derivative Financial Instruments
In accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, the Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments, such as its interest rate
swap contract and interest rate collar agreement, as either assets or liabilities in the
consolidated financial statements at fair value.
The Company enters into interest rate swaps and collar agreements to manage its exposure to
changes in interest rates. Interest rate swaps also allow the Company to raise funds at floating
rates and effectively swap them into fixed rates. These agreements involve the exchange of
floating-rate for fixed-rate payments without the exchange of the underlying principal amount.
In March 2006, the Company entered into an interest rate collar agreement which became
effective on December 23, 2006, and had a fixed notional amount of $76.7 million until December 23,
2007, then decreased to $67.0 million until termination of the collar on December 23, 2007. The
interest rate collar had a cap strike three month LIBO rate of 5.50% and a floor strike three month
LIBO rate of 4.70%. Because the collar agreement was designated and qualified as a cash flow hedge
under SFAS No. 133, the Company recorded the negative fair value of $97 for this swap agreement in
Accrued expenses in the Companys consolidated balance sheet with a corresponding adjustment of
$58, net of $39 in taxes to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of and for the year
ended December 31, 2006. In conjunction with the Company entering into a new credit facility in
December of 2007, the Company terminated the interest rate collar and recognized an expense of $429
which is included in Loss on early extinguishment of debt on the consolidated statement of income.
In December 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction (Swap
Transaction) in order to hedge the floating interest rate risk on the Companys variable rate debt.
Under the terms of the Swap Transaction, the Company is required to make quarterly fixed rate
payments to the counterparty calculated based on an initial notional amount of $271.6 million at a
fixed rate of 4.1375%, while the counterparty is obligated to make quarterly floating rate payments
to the Company based on the three month LIBO rate. The notional amount of the interest rate swap is
scheduled to decline over the term of the term loan facility consistent with the scheduled
principal payments. The Swap Transaction has an effective date of March 31, 2008 and a termination
date of December 6, 2012.
The Swap Transaction has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge under
SFAS No. 133, and the Company has recorded the negative fair value of $16,484 and $1,607 in the
Companys consolidated balance sheet liabilities with a corresponding of $10,271, net of $6,213
taxes and $996, net of $611 taxes to accumulated other cumulative income for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company does not expect to reclassify any material
amounts from comprehensive income to earnings within the next 12 months.
F-12
Fair Values of Financial Instruments
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of
its financial instruments for disclosure purposes:
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash and
cash equivalents approximate their fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity of
these instruments.
Restricted Cash: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for restricted cash
approximate its fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity of these instruments.
Short- and long-term debt: The carrying amounts of the Companys subordinated notes payable and
capital leases reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate their fair value based on the Companys current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
The carrying amount reported in the Companys consolidated balance
sheet as of December 31, 2008 for its term loan credit facility is $261.3 million. Using a discounted cash flow
technique that incorporates a market yield curve with adjustments for duration, optionality, and
risk profile, the Company has determined the fair value of its term loan credit facility to be $255.7 million at
December 31, 2008. In determining the market interest yield curve, the Company considered its BB
corporate credit rating.
Interest rate hedge agreements: The fair values of the interest rate swap and collar
agreements, as previously disclosed, are the amounts at which they could be settled based on market
rates at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Self-Insurance Liability
The Company is self-insured for a significant portion of its risks and associated liabilities
with respect to workers compensation. The accrued liabilities associated with this program are
based on the Companys estimate of the ultimate costs to settle known claims as well as claims
incurred but not yet reported to the Company (IBNR Claims) as of the balance sheet date. The
Companys estimated liability is not discounted and is based on information provided by the
Companys insurance brokers and insurers, combined with the Companys judgments regarding a number
of assumptions and factors, including the frequency and severity of claims, claims development
history, case jurisdiction, applicable legislation and the Companys claims settlement practices.
Revenue Recognition
The Company applies the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff
Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements. In general, the
Company recognizes revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) shipment of
products has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the sales price charged is fixed or
determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.
The Company recognizes revenues from reprographics and facilities management services when
services have been rendered while revenues from the resale of reprographics supplies and equipment
are recognized upon delivery to the customer or upon customer pickup.
The Company has established contractual pricing for certain large national customer accounts
(Premier Accounts). These contracts generally establish uniform pricing at all branches for Premier
Accounts. Revenues earned from the Companys Premier Accounts are recognized in the same manner as
non-Premier Account revenues.
Included in revenues are fees charged to customers for shipping, handling and delivery
services. Such revenues amounted to $39,375, $41,437, and $36,824 for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007, and 2006 respectively.
Revenues from software licensing activities are recognized over the term of the license.
Revenues from membership fees are recognized over the term of the membership agreement. Revenues
from software licensing activities and membership revenues comprise less than 1% of the Companys
consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Management provides for returns, discounts and allowances based on historic experience and
adjusts such allowances as considered necessary. To date, such provisions have been within the
range of managements expectations.
F-13
Comprehensive Income
The Companys comprehensive income includes foreign currency translation adjustments, and
changes in the fair value of certain financial derivative instruments, net of taxes, which qualify
for hedge accounting. The differences between net income and comprehensive income for the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
36,754 |
|
|
$ |
69,137 |
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
(1,989 |
) |
|
|
676 |
|
Decrease in fair value of financial derivative
instruments, net of tax effects |
|
|
(9,167 |
) |
|
|
(937 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
$ |
25,598 |
|
|
$ |
68,876 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset and liability accounts of international operations are translated into U.S. dollars at
current rates. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average currency rate for the
fiscal year.
Segment and Geographic Reporting
The provisions of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information, require public companies to report financial and descriptive information about their
reportable operating segments. The Company identifies operating segments based on the various
business activities that earn revenue and incur expense, whose operating results are reviewed by
the chief operating decision maker. Based on the fact that operating segments have similar products
and services, classes of customers, production processes and performance objectives, the Company is
deemed to operate as a single reportable segment.
The Company recognizes revenues in geographic areas based on the location to which the product
was shipped or services have been rendered. Operations outside the United States, have been minimal
amounting to $24,245, $13,246, and $7,709 for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006,
respectively.
Advertising and Shipping and Handling Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and approximated $3,233, $3,641, and $3,649 during
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Shipping and handling costs
incurred by the Company are included in cost of sales.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. The objective is
to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax
liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the
Companys financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax liabilities or assets reflect temporary
differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes.
Such amounts are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect
when the temporary differences reverse. Additionally, the Company assesses the likelihood that its
deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent the Company
believes that recovery is not likely, the Company establishes a valuation allowance. As of
December 31, 2008, the Company believes that all its deferred tax assets are recoverable.
F-14
The Company calculates current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions
that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed during the
following year. Adjustments based on filed income tax returns are recorded when identified in the
subsequent year. The Companys effective income tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate
primarily due to state income taxes, the Domestic Production Activities Deduction, nondeductible
items and income tax credits recognized with respect to hiring employees and the purchase and lease
of tangible assets in certain
qualified enterprise zones. The amount of income taxes the Company pays is subject to audits
by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The Companys estimate of the potential outcome of
any uncertain tax issue is subject to managements assessment of relevant risks, facts and
circumstances existing at that time. The Company believes that it has adequately provided for
reasonably foreseeable outcomes related to these matters.
Income tax benefits credited to stockholders equity are primarily related to employee
exercises of non-qualified stock options.
Stock-Based Compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective
transition method. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation was recognized for:
(i) expense related to the remaining unvested portion of all stock option awards granted in 2005,
based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of
SFAS 123; and (ii) expense related to all stock option awards granted on or subsequent to
January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of
SFAS 123R. In accordance with SAB 107, the remaining unvested options issued by the Company prior
to its initial public offering are not included in its SFAS 123R option pool. As a result unless
subsequently modified, repurchased or canceled, such unvested options will not be included in
stock-based compensation. The Company applies the Black-Scholes valuation model in determining the
fair value of share-based payments to employees, which is then amortized on a straight-line basis
over the requisite service period. Upon the adoption FSP FAS 123(R-3) the Company used the
shortcut method for determining the historical windfall tax benefit.
Total stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, on income
before income taxes and net income was $4.3 million, $3.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively
and was recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses. In addition, upon the adoption
of SFAS 123R, the net tax benefit resulting from the exercise of stock options, in the Consolidated
Statement of Cash Flows, are classified as financing cash inflows.
The weighted average fair value at the grant date for options issued in the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was $6.01, $11.85, and $10.56 respectively. The fair value of
each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model
using the following weighted average assumptions for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Weighted average assumptions used: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate |
|
|
2.79 |
% |
|
|
4.51 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
32.70 |
% |
|
|
25.28 |
% |
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
The expected option term of 6.00 years for options vesting over a 3 year period, 6.25 years
for options vesting over a 4 year period, 6.5 years for options vesting over a 5 year period, and
5.5 years for options vesting over a 1 year period under the simplified method as provided in
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 107, were used for options granted during fiscal year 2008 and
2007. The Company concluded that the use of SAB 107s simplified method is a more reasonable
estimate for determining the expected term of options as the Companys initial public offering was
in 2005 and does not have sufficient historical information.
For fiscal year 2008, expected stock price volatility is based on a blended rate which
combines our recent historical volatility with that of our peer groups for a period equal to the
expected term. This blended method provides better information about future stock-price movements,
until the Company has a more reliable historical period to rely upon. The risk-free interest rate
is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant with an equivalent
remaining term. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not currently plan to pay
dividends in the near future. The Company assumed a forfeiture rate of 3.77% based on the Companys
historical forfeiture rate. The Company reviews its forfeiture rate at least on an annual basis.
For fiscal year 2007, expected stock price volatility is based on a combined weighted average
expected stock price volatility of three publicly traded peer companies deemed to be similar
entities whose share or option prices are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based
on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant with an equivalent remaining term.
The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not currently plan to pay dividends in the
near future. The Company assumed a forfeiture rate of 3.75% based on the Companys historical
forfeiture rate.
F-15
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development activities relate to costs associated with the design and testing of
new technology or enhancements to existing technology and are expensed as incurred. In total,
research and development amounted to $5,129, $5,468 and $3,684 during the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Sales Taxes
The Company bills sales taxes, as applicable, to its customers. The Company acts as an agent
and bills, collects, and remits the sales tax to the proper government jurisdiction. The sales
taxes are accounted for on a net basis, hence are not included as part of the Companys revenue.
Earnings Per Share
The Company accounts for earnings per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per
Share. Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number
of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share is computed similar to basic
earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional
common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential common shares had been issued and
if the additional common shares were dilutive. Common share equivalents are excluded from the
computation if their effect is anti-dilutive. There were 1,509,757, 1,218,485 and 179,985 common
stock options excluded for anti-dilutive effects for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006, respectively. The Companys common share equivalents consist of stock options issued under
the Companys 2005 Stock Plan.
Basic and diluted earnings per common share were calculated using the following options for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding during the period
basic |
|
|
45,060,482 |
|
|
|
45,421,498 |
|
|
|
45,014,786 |
|
Effect of dilutive stock options |
|
|
337,604 |
|
|
|
407,512 |
|
|
|
580,164 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding during the period
diluted |
|
|
45,398,086 |
|
|
|
45,829,010 |
|
|
|
45,594,950 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
On September 15, 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted
accounting principles and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This Statement applies
under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB
having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant
measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement does not require any new fair value
measurements. The Company adopted the required provisions of SFAS 157 that became effective in the
first quarter of 2008. The adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-1, Application of FASB
Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair
Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 - FSP FAS
157-1 amends the application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No.13, Accounting for
Leases and its related interpretive accounting pronouncements that address leasing transactions.
FSP FAS 157-1 is effective upon initial adoption of SFAS 157. The adoption of SFAS 157 within the
scope of FSP 157-1 did not have any impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-16
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB
Statement No. 157. FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities, except for certain items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value
in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). The initial
adoption of FSP 157-2, is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations
or cash flows.
In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value
of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active - FSP FAS 157-3 clarifies the
application of SFAS No. 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate
key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that
financial asset is not active. FSP FAS 157-3 is effective upon issuance, including prior periods
for which financial statements have not been issued. The adoption of SFAS 157 within the scope of
FSP 157-3 did not have any impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 . SFAS No. 159 permits
entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.
Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected will be
recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The Company has not elected the fair
value option for any of its eligible financial assets or liabilities.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R (revised 2007), Business Combinations, which
replaces SFAS No 141. SFAS 141R establishes the principles and requirements for how an acquirer:
(i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; (ii) recognizes and measures
the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and
(iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to
evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R makes some
significant changes to existing accounting practices for acquisitions. SFAS 141R is to be applied
prospectively to business combinations consummated on or after the beginning of the first annual
reporting period on or after December 15, 2008. The initial adoption of SFAS No. 141R, is not
expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows, but potential 2009
acquisitions may have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows. Currently, the
Company is not a party to any agreements, or engaged in any negotiations regarding a material
acquisition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated
Financial Statements an Amendment of ARB No. 51. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting
standards that require: (i) noncontrolling interests to be reported as a component of equity;
(ii) changes in a parents ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling interest to
be accounted for as equity transactions, and (iii) any retained noncontrolling equity investment
upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary to be initially measured at fair value. SFAS 160 is to be
applied prospectively at the beginning of the first annual reporting period on or after
December 15, 2008. Upon adoption minority interest of $6.1 million will be reclassified to equity.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 . This Standard requires enhanced
disclosures regarding derivatives and hedging activities, including: (a) the manner in which an
entity uses derivative instruments; (b) the manner in which derivative instruments and related
hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities ; and (c) the effect of derivative instruments and related hedged items on an
entitys financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161 will become effective
beginning with the first quarter of 2009. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of SFAS No.
161 will not have a material impact on the Companys results of operations or cash flows.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful
Life of Intangible Asset. FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing
renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset
under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. FSP 142-3 is effective for calendar-year
companies beginning January 1, 2009. The requirement for determining useful lives must be applied
prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date and the disclosure
requirements must be applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and
subsequent to, the effective date. The initial adoption of FSP 142-3, is not expected to have a
material impact on the Companys results of operations or cash flows.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles. This standard reorganizes the GAAP hierarchy in order to improve financial reporting by
providing a consistent framework for determining what accounting principles should be used when
preparing U.S. GAAP financial statements. SFAS 162 shall be effective 60 days after the SECs
approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Boards amendments to Interim Auditing
Standard, AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, this new standard
may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-17
In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF No. 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in
Share-Based
Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. The FSP addresses whether instruments
granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and
therefore need to be included in the earnings allocation in calculating earnings per share under
the two-class method described in SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share. The FSP requires companies to
treat unvested share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable rights to dividend or dividend
equivalents as a separate class of securities in calculating earnings per share. The FSP is
effective for calendar-year companies beginning January 1, 2009. The adoption of FSP EITF No.
03-6-1, is not expected to have a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows.
3. ACQUISITIONS
During 2006, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of 16 reprographics companies of
which 13 were in the United States and 3 were in Canada. The aggregate purchase price of such
acquisitions, including related acquisition costs, amounted to approximately $87,680, for which the
Company paid $61,794 in cash, accrued $4,300 for additional cash payments, issued common stock
valued at $8,500, and issued $13,086 of notes payable to the former owners of the acquired
companies.
During 2007, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of 19 reprographics companies of
which 17 were in the United States and 2 were in Canada. The aggregate purchase price of such
acquisitions, including related acquisition costs, amounted to approximately $146,301, for which
the Company paid $122,543 in cash and issued $23,758 of notes payable to the former owners of the
acquired companies.
During 2008, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of 13 reprographics companies of
which 11 were in the United States, 1 in Canada and 1 in United Kingdom. The aggregate purchase
price of such acquisitions, including related acquisition costs, amounted to approximately $31,929,
for which the Company paid $21,515 in cash and issued $10,414 of notes payable to the former owners
of the acquired companies.
The results of operations of the companies acquired during the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006 have been included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective
dates of acquisition. Such acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting,
and, accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities have been recorded at their
estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess purchase price over the fair value of
net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired has been allocated to goodwill.
On August 1, 2008, the Company commenced operations of UNIS Document Solutions Co., Ltd.
(UDS), its business venture with Unisplendour Corporation Limited (Unisplendour). The purpose
of UDS is to pair the digital document management solutions of the Company with the brand
recognition and Chinese distribution channel of Unisplendour to deliver digital reprographics
services to Chinas growing construction industry. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company
and Unisplendour have an economic ownership interest of 65 percent and 35 percent, respectively.
The Board of Directors of UDS is comprised of five directors, three of whom are appointed by the
Company and two of whom are appointed by Unisplendour. The Company contributed $13,567 of cash,
while Unisplendor contributed the assets of its Engineering Product Division (EPD). These assets
included EPDs customer list, use of the UNIS name, and certain other assets.
The Company accounts for its investment in UDS under the purchase method of accounting, in
accordance with SFAS 141 Business Combinations. UDS is consolidated in the Companys financial
statements from the date of commencement. Minority interest, which represents the 35 percent
non-controlling interest in UDS, is reflected on our balance sheet, statement of income and
statement of cash flows.
For U.S. income tax purposes, $23,619, $114,474, and $60,763 of goodwill and intangibles
resulting from acquisitions completed during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively, are amortized over a 15-year period. None of the Companys acquisitions were related
or contingent upon any other acquisitions.
F-18
The assets and liabilities of the entities acquired and joint ventures entered into during
each period are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Purchase price |
|
$ |
31,929 |
|
|
$ |
146,301 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
1,195 |
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
6,186 |
|
|
|
13,198 |
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
2,749 |
|
|
|
11,908 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
2,889 |
|
|
|
4,112 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
601 |
|
|
|
910 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
12,856 |
|
|
|
31,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and other liabilities |
|
|
3,757 |
|
|
|
8,984 |
|
Capital Leases |
|
|
580 |
|
|
|
3,145 |
|
Minority Interest |
|
|
6,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired |
|
|
2,457 |
|
|
|
19,194 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess purchase price over net tangible assets
acquired |
|
$ |
29,472 |
|
|
$ |
127,107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships |
|
$ |
10,208 |
|
|
$ |
31,361 |
|
Trade names |
|
|
2,016 |
|
|
|
12,472 |
|
Non-compete agreements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
656 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
17,248 |
|
|
|
82,618 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
29,472 |
|
|
$ |
127,107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships and trade names acquired are amortized over their estimated useful
lives of thirteen (weighted average) and twenty years using accelerated (based on customer
attrition rates) and straight-line methods, respectively. The non-compete agreements are amortized
over their weighted average term on a straight-line basis.
The following summary presents the Companys unaudited pro forma results, as if the
acquisitions had been completed at the beginning of the year of acquisition and the prior year,
hence the 2006 information presented below does not include the impact of the 2008 acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
725,202 |
|
|
$ |
804,979 |
|
|
$ |
756,693 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
37,482 |
|
|
$ |
71,993 |
|
|
$ |
57,340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share basic |
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
$ |
1.59 |
|
|
$ |
1.27 |
|
Earnings per share diluted |
|
$ |
0.83 |
|
|
$ |
1.57 |
|
|
$ |
1.26 |
|
The above pro forma information is presented for comparative purposes only. The pro-forma
results include the amortization associated with the estimated value of acquired intangible assets
and estimated interest expense associated with debt used to fund the acquisition. However, pro
forma results are not necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred had the
acquisitions been completed as of the beginning of each period presented, nor are they necessarily
indicative of future consolidated results.
Certain acquisition agreements entered into by the Company contain earnout agreements which
provide for additional consideration (Earnout Payments) to be paid if the acquired entitys results
of operations, or sales, exceed certain targeted levels measured on an annual basis generally three
years after the acquisition. Earnout Payments are recorded as additional goodwill when earned and
are to be paid annually in cash. Accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
include $100 and $570 of Earnout Payments payable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively,
to former owners of acquired companies based on the earnings or revenues of acquired entities. The
increase to goodwill as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 as a result of the Earnout Payments was
$1,692 and $7,776, respectively.
F-19
The earnout provisions generally contain limits on the amount of Earnout Payments that may be
payable over the term of the agreement. The Companys estimate of the aggregate amount of
additional consideration that may be payable over the terms of the earnout agreements subsequent to
December 31, 2008 is approximately $8,500.
The Company made certain adjustments to goodwill as a result of changes to the purchase price
of acquired entities. The net increase to goodwill as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 as a result of
purchase price adjustments was $1,064 and $396, respectively.
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
$ |
225,020 |
|
|
$ |
191,675 |
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements |
|
|
23,504 |
|
|
|
22,902 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
5,839 |
|
|
|
6,023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254,363 |
|
|
|
220,600 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(164,651 |
) |
|
|
(135,966 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
89,712 |
|
|
$ |
84,634 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $38,117, $30,362, and $22,694 for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007, and 2006, respectively.
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
Borrowings from senior secured First Priority Revolving Credit Facility;
variable interest payable quarterly (weighted average 7.2% interest rate
December 31, 2007); any unpaid principal and interest due December 6,
2012 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
22,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings from senior secured First Priority Term Loan Credit Facility;
interest payable quarterly (5.4% and 6.9% interest rate at December 31,
2008
and December 31, 2007, respectively); principal payable in varying
quarterly
installments; any unpaid principal and interest due December 6, 2012 |
|
|
261,250 |
|
|
|
275,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Various subordinated notes payable; weighted average 6.2% and 6.3% interest
rate at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively; principal
and interest payable monthly through June 2012 |
|
|
35,376 |
|
|
|
38,082 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Various capital leases; weighted average 9.1% and 8.8% interest rate
at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively;
principal and interest payable monthly through April 2014 |
|
|
64,414 |
|
|
|
55,185 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
361,040 |
|
|
|
390,267 |
|
Less current portion |
|
|
(59,193 |
) |
|
|
(69,254 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
301,847 |
|
|
$ |
321,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On December 6, 2007, the Company entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement (Credit
Agreement). The Credit Agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities aggregating up to
$350 million, consisting of a $275 million term loan facility and a $75 million revolving credit
facility. The Company used proceeds under the Credit Agreement in the amount of $289.4 million to
extinguish in full all principal and interest payable under the Companys former credit facility.
Loans to the Company under the Credit Agreement will bear interest, at the Companys option,
at either the base rate, which is equal to the higher of the bank prime lending rate or the federal
funds rate plus 0.5% or LIBOR, plus, in each case, the applicable rate. The applicable rate will be
determined based upon the leverage ratio for the Company (as defined in the Credit Agreement), with
a minimum and maximum applicable rate of 0.25% and 0.75%, respectively, for base rate loans and a
minimum and maximum applicable rate of 1.25% and 1.75%, respectively, for LIBOR loans. During the
continuation of certain events of default all amounts due under the Credit Agreement will bear
interest at 2.0% above the rate otherwise applicable.
F-20
The Credit Agreement contains covenants which, among other things, require the Company to
maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.25:1.00, minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of
1.10:1.00, and maximum leverage ratio of 3.00:1.00. The minimum interest coverage ratio increases
to 2.50:1.00 in 2009, 2.75:1:00 in 2010, 3.00:1.00 in 2011 and 2012. The Credit Agreement also
contains customary events of default, including failure to make payments when due under the Credit
Agreement; payment default under and cross-default to other material indebtedness; breach of
covenants; breach of representations and warranties; bankruptcy; material judgments; dissolution;
ERISA events; change of control; invalidity of guarantees or security documents or repudiation by
the Company of its obligations thereunder. The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of
the assets of the Company. The Company was in compliance with all of their debt covenants as of
December 31, 2008. Refer to the discussion below regarding the projected compliance with 2009 debt
covenants.
Despite the recent downturn in the economy, the Companys cash position remains strong. The
Company had $46.5 million of cash and cash equivalents of December 31, 2008, and they believe their
2009 operating cash flows will be sufficient to cover all of the debt service requirements, working
capital needs and budgeted capital expenditures. However, further reductions from the Companys
fourth quarter 2008 EBITDA levels may potentially trigger default provisions under the senior
secured credit facilities. As the impact and ramifications of the current economic downturn become
known, the Company will continue to adjust their operations accordingly.
Based upon 2009 projected revenue, the Company is implementing operational plans in-line with
achieving EBITDA and its related operating expenses that they currently believe will allow them to
be in compliance with all of the debt covenants. The Company believes that further cost reductions
can be implemented should projected revenue levels not be achieved. However, if actual sales for
2009 are lower than the Companys current projections and/or they do not successfully implement
cost reduction plans, they could be at risk of going into default under their credit and guaranty
agreement in 2009. The Companys ability to meet their 2009 debt covenant requirements under their
credit and guaranty agreement is highly sensitive, and dependent upon, them achieving their 2009
projected EBITDA and its related operating expenses.
If the Company defaults on their debt covenants and are unable to obtain waivers from the
lenders, the lenders will be able to exercise their rights and remedies as defined under the credit
and guaranty agreement, including a call provision on the debt. Because the Companys debt
agreement contains cross-default provisions, triggering a default provision under the credit
agreement may require them to repay all debt outstanding under the credit facilities including any
amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility, which currently has no debt outstanding,
and may also temporarily or permanently restrict the Companys ability to draw additional funds
under the revolving credit facility.
In addition, under the revolving facility, the Company is required to pay a fee, on a
quarterly basis, for the total unused commitment amount. This fee ranges from 0.30% to 0.50% based
on the Companys leverage ratio at the time. The Company may also draw upon this credit facility
through letters of credit, which carries a fee of 0.25% of the outstanding letters of credit.
The Credit Agreement allows the Company to borrow Incremental Term Loans to the extent the
Companys senior secured leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) remains below 2.50.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, standby letters of credit aggregated to $4.0 million and
$4.8 million, respectively. The standby letters of credit and borrowings under the revolving credit
facility reduced the Companys borrowing availability under the revolving credit facility to
$71.0 million and $48.2 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Minimum future maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31,
2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt |
|
|
Capital Lease Obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending December 31: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
$ |
34,504 |
|
|
$ |
24,689 |
|
2010 |
|
|
68,050 |
|
|
|
19,609 |
|
2011 |
|
|
76,501 |
|
|
|
11,580 |
|
2012 |
|
|
117,571 |
|
|
|
5,973 |
|
2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,374 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
296,626 |
|
|
$ |
64,414 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157 Fair Value Measurements, which is effective for
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Relative to SFAS 157, the FASB issued FASB Staff
Positions (FSP) 157-1, 157-2 and 157-3. FSP 157-1 amends SFAS 157 to exclude SFAS No. 13,
Accounting for Leases, and its related interpretive accounting pronouncements that address leasing
transactions, while FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of the application of SFAS 157 to fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities
that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis,
and FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active and provides an
example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when
the market for that financial asset is not active. The Company adopted SFAS 157 as of January 1,
2008, with the exception of the application of the statement to non-recurring nonfinancial assets
and nonfinancial liabilities. Non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities for
which the Company has not applied the provisions of SFAS 157 include those measured at fair value
in goodwill impairment testing, and those initially measured at fair value in a business
combination.
SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date,
and establishes a framework for measuring fair value. SFAS 157 establishes a three-level valuation
hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the
transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The
three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical
assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and
liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability,
either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair
value measurement.
SFAS 157 also expands disclosures about instruments measured at fair value.
The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy the Companys
financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of
December 31, 2008. As required by SFAS 157, financial assets and liabilities are classified in
their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value
measurement. The Companys assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value
measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities
and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At Fair Value as of December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets for |
|
|
Significant Other |
|
|
Unobservable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identical Liabilities |
|
|
Observable Inputs |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
|
|
Recurring Fair Value Measures |
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
Interest rate swap |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
16,484 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
16,484 |
|
The interest rate swap contract is valued at fair value based on dealer quotes using a
discounted cash flow model. This model reflects the contractual terms of the derivative instrument,
including the period to maturity and debt repayment schedule, and market-based parameters such as
interest rates and yield curves. This model does not require significant judgment, and the inputs
are observable. Thus, the derivative instrument is classified within level 2 of the valuation
hierarchy.
As of December 31, 2008, $5,953 of the $16,484 fair value of the interest rate swap was
recorded as a current liability in accrued expenses, and $10,531 was recorded in other long-term
liabilities. The Company does not intend to terminate the interest rate swap agreement prior to its
expiration date of December 6, 2012.
F-22
7. INCOME TAXES
The following table includes the consolidated income tax provision or (benefit) for federal,
state, and local income taxes related to our total earnings for 2008, 2007 and 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
25,644 |
|
|
$ |
30,362 |
|
|
$ |
29,318 |
|
State |
|
|
5,052 |
|
|
|
6,156 |
|
|
|
6,598 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
676 |
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,372 |
|
|
|
36,885 |
|
|
|
35,916 |
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
(6,510 |
) |
|
|
3,910 |
|
|
|
(3,059 |
) |
State |
|
|
(2,783 |
) |
|
|
1,376 |
|
|
|
(875 |
) |
Foreign |
|
|
(879 |
) |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,172 |
) |
|
|
5,318 |
|
|
|
(3,934 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax provision |
|
|
21,200 |
|
|
|
42,203 |
|
|
|
31,982 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The consolidated deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Current portion of deferred tax assets (liabilities): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statement accruals not currently deductible |
|
$ |
4,306 |
|
|
$ |
4,472 |
|
State taxes |
|
|
1,265 |
|
|
|
1,319 |
|
Tax credit carryforward |
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets |
|
|
5,831 |
|
|
|
5,791 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current portion of deferred tax assets and (liabilities): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of income tax basis over net book value of intangible assets |
|
|
21,403 |
|
|
|
24,227 |
|
Excess of income tax basis over net book value of property, plant
and equipment |
|
|
9,855 |
|
|
|
7,141 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
2,781 |
|
|
|
1,697 |
|
Tax credit carryforward |
|
|
823 |
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign tax
net operating loss carryforward |
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
6,227 |
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of net book value over income tax basis of intangible assets |
|
|
(15,818 |
) |
|
|
(22,355 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net non-current deferred tax assets |
|
|
25,404 |
|
|
|
10,710 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
31,235 |
|
|
$ |
16,501 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Companys effective tax rate
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
Statutory federal income tax rate |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
State taxes |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Non-deductible expenses and other |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic Production Activities Deduction tax benefit |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Discrete item |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate |
|
|
37 |
% |
|
|
38 |
% |
|
|
38 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible other items include meals and entertainment, certain acquisition costs and
other items that, individually, are not significant. The discrete item in 2006 is due to the
release of a tax reserve for a prior year as the statute of limitations had closed. The discrete
item in 2007 is due to the 2006 Domestic Production Activities Deduction. The discrete item in 2008
is primarily due to federal and state income tax credits recognized with respect to hiring
employees and the purchase and lease of tangible assets in certain qualified enterprise zones in
prior years 2007, 2006 and 2005. During the second half of 2008, the Company researched and
determined that it qualified for these credits.
F-23
The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal
jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no
longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax
authorities for years before 2004. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an examination of
the Companys U.S. income tax return for 2005 in the fourth quarter of 2007 and completed by the
end of 2008. The IRS did not propose any adjustments to the Company.
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty
in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of Interpretation No. 48,
the Company did not recognize any additional liability for unrecognized tax benefits. A
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Beginning balance at January 1 |
|
$ |
1,100 |
|
|
$ |
897 |
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year |
|
|
379 |
|
|
|
379 |
|
Reductions for tax positions due to effective settlement with taxing authorities |
|
|
(346 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Reduction for tax positions due to expiration of statute of limitations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(176 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance at December 31 |
|
$ |
1,133 |
|
|
$ |
1,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All of the unrecognized tax benefits, reflected above, would affect the Companys effective
tax rate, if recognized. The Company does not anticipate a material change to additions and
reductions in 2009.
The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax
expense. Interest expense of $93 is included in the FIN 48 liability on the Companys balance sheet
at December 31, 2008.
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company leases machinery, equipment, and office and operational facilities under
noncancelable operating lease agreements. Certain lease agreements for the Companys facilities
generally contain renewal options and provide for annual increases in rent based on the local
Consumer Price Index. The following is a schedule of the Companys future minimum lease payments as
of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Party |
|
|
Related Party |
|
|
Total |
|
Year ending December 31: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
$ |
29,764 |
|
|
$ |
1,509 |
|
|
$ |
31,273 |
|
2010 |
|
|
22,510 |
|
|
|
1,378 |
|
|
|
23,888 |
|
2011 |
|
|
16,063 |
|
|
|
1,113 |
|
|
|
17,176 |
|
2012 |
|
|
9,993 |
|
|
|
951 |
|
|
|
10,944 |
|
2013 |
|
|
6,160 |
|
|
|
721 |
|
|
|
6,881 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
14,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
98,775 |
|
|
$ |
5,672 |
|
|
$ |
104,447 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent expense under operating leases, including month-to-month rentals, amounted to
$37,452, $36,185, and $36,712 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. Under certain lease agreements, the Company is responsible for other costs such as
property taxes, insurance, maintenance, and utilities.
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each director and named executive
officer which provide indemnification under certain circumstances for acts and omissions which may
not be covered by any directors and officers liability insurance. The indemnification agreements
may require the Company, among other things, to indemnify its officers and directors against
certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as officers and directors
(other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature), to advance their
expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified,
and to obtain officers and directors insurance if available on reasonable terms. There have been
no events to date which would require the Company to indemnify its officers or directors.
On November 8, 2007, the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York,
granted a motion approving settlement of the previously-disclosed Louis Frey litigation. The
judgment entered in that litigation in 2006 awarded damages to plaintiff in the principal amount of
$11.1 million, $0.2 million in preference claims, and interest totaling $3.3 million through
September 30, 2007. Pursuant to the settlement, the Company paid $10.5 million to satisfy the
judgment entered against the Company.
F-24
In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), the Company accounted for
the judgment in 2006 by recording a one-time, non-recurring litigation charge of $14 million, which
included $11.1 in awarded damages, $0.2 million preference claim, and interest expense of
$2.7 million through December 31, 2006. These charges were offset by a corresponding tax benefit of
$5.6 million, resulting in a negative impact of $8.4 million to net income in 2006.
The Company paid the $0.2 million preference in 2006 and accrued an additional $0.6 million
for interest on the judgment for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. As a result of the
$10.5 million settlement, the Company recognized a pre-tax benefit of $3.3 million ($2.9 million
litigation settlement gain, and $0.4 million in interest reversal) in 2007.
As a result of a mediation conducted in June 2007, the Company settled lawsuits for
reimbursement of incurred legal expenses and claims asserted by the Company alleging unfair
competition, trade secret misappropriation, and breach of contract in consideration for a cash
payment to the Company in the sum of $3.3 million. The Company accounted for the settlement payment
by recording the benefit of $3.3 million as an offset to selling, general, and administrative
expense during the second quarter of 2007. The Company received this sum on August 7, 2007.
The Company is involved in various additional legal proceedings and other legal matters from
time to time in the normal course of business. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any
of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company leases several of its facilities under lease agreements with entities owned by
certain of its current and former executive officers which expire through December 2013. Rental
expense on these facilities amounted to $1,586, $1,586, and $1,572 during the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
10. RETIREMENT PLANS
The Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan, which covers substantially all employees of the Company
who have attained age 21. Under the Companys 401(k) Plan, eligible employees may contribute up to
75% of their annual eligible compensation (or in the case of highly compensated employees, up to 6%
of their annual eligible compensation), subject to contribution limitations imposed by the Internal
Revenue Service. The Company makes an employer matching contribution equal to 20% of an employees
contributions, up to a total of 4% of that employees compensation. An independent third party
administers the 401(k) Plan. The Companys total expense under these plans amounted to $797, $808,
and $770 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
11. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION PLAN
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company adopted the American Reprographics Company 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
ESPP) in connection with the consummation of its IPO in February 2005. Under the ESPP, as amended,
purchase rights may be granted to eligible employees subject to a calendar year maximum per
eligible employee of the lesser of (i) 400 shares of common stock, or (ii) a number of shares of
common stock having an aggregate fair market value of $25 as determined on the date of
purchase. The purchase price of common stock offered under the amended ESPP is equal to 95% of the
fair market value of such shares of common stock on the purchase date.
In 2006, the Company issued 9,032 shares of its common stock to 109 eligible employees in
accordance with the ESPP at a weighted average purchase price of $32.11 per share, resulting in
$0.3 million of cash proceeds to the Company. In 2007, the Company issued 4,600 shares of its
common stock to 32 eligible employees in accordance with the ESPP at a weighted average price of
$21.65, resulting in $0.1 million of cash proceeds to the Company. In 2008, the Company issued
3,087 shares of its common stock to 19 eligible employees in accordance with the ESPP at a weighted
average price of $11.48, resulting in $35 of cash proceeds to the Company.
F-25
The Stock Plan
The Company adopted the American Reprographics Company 2005 Stock Plan, or Stock Plan, in
connection with the Companys IPO in February 2005. The Stock Plan provides for the grant of
incentive and non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock purchase
awards, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units to employees, directors and consultants
of the Company. The Stock Plan authorizes the Company to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of common
stock. This amount will automatically increase annually on the first day of the Companys fiscal
year, from 2006 through and including 2010, by the lesser of (i) 1.0% of the Companys outstanding
shares on the date of the increase; (ii) 300,000 shares; or (iii) such smaller number of shares
determined by the Companys board of directors. At December 31, 2008, 2,557,093 shares remain
available for grant under the Stock Plan.
Options granted under the Stock Plan generally expire no later than ten years from the date of
grant (five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder). Options
generally vest and become fully exercisable over a period of three to five years, except options
granted to non-employee directors may vest over a shorter time period. The exercise price of
options must be equal to at least 100% (110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a
10% stockholder) of the fair market value of the Companys common stock as of the date of grant.
The Company allows for cashless exercises and grants new authorized shares upon the exercise of a
vested stock option.
In addition, the Stock Plan provided for automatic grants, as of each annual meeting of the
Companys stockholders commencing with the first such meeting, of non-statutory stock options to
directors of the Company who were not employees of, or consultants to, the Company or any affiliate
of the Company (non-employee directors). In May 2007, the Stock Plan was amended to provide for
automatic grants of restricted stock awards, as of each annual meeting of the Companys
stockholders commencing with the annual meeting in 2007, to non-employee directors of the Company.
Under the amended Stock Plan each non-employee director is automatically granted a restricted stock
award for that number of shares of the Companys common stock having a then fair market value equal
to $60.
Prior to the amendment in May 2007 of the Stock Plan, each non-employee director automatically
received a non-statutory option with a fair market value, as determined under the Black-Scholes
option pricing formula as of the grant date, equal to $50. Each non-statutory stock option
under the Stock Plan covered the non-employee directors service since either the previous annual
meeting or the date on which he or she was first elected or appointed. Options granted in 2006 to
non-employee directors vested in 1/16th increments for each month of continuous service to the
Company from the date of grant. The total stock options granted to non-employee directors in 2006
amounted to 19,985 and had an exercise price of $35.42 per share. The exercise prices equaled the
fair market values of the stock, on the date of grants.
During 2006, the Company granted 682,485 options to purchase shares of common stock. As of
December 31, 2006, the 1,683,600 options outstanding had a weighted average remaining contractual
life of 84 months.
In March 2007, the Company made its regular annual stock option grants which consisted of
600,500 stock options to key employees with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the
date of grant. In the second quarter of 2007 the Company issued 7,500 stock options to an
additional key employee with an exercise price equal to the fair market value. The stock options
vest ratably over a period of three or five years and expire 10 years after the date of grant.
In April 2008, the Company made its regular annual stock option grants which consisted of
350,000 stock options to key employees with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the
Companys stock on the date of grant. The stock options vest ratably over a period of five years
and expire 10 years after the date of grant.
F-26
The following is a further breakdown of the stock option activity under the Stock Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Life |
|
|
Value |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
|
(In years) |
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2006 |
|
|
1,683,600 |
|
|
$ |
14.69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
608,000 |
|
|
$ |
32.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
(169,550 |
) |
|
$ |
6.54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(64,254 |
) |
|
$ |
23.56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
2,057,796 |
|
|
$ |
20.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
$ |
15.56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
(31,700 |
) |
|
$ |
5.57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(94,950 |
) |
|
$ |
26.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
2,281,146 |
|
|
$ |
19.49 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
$ |
1,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
1,152,460 |
|
|
$ |
13.97 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
$ |
1,168 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value
(the difference between the closing stock price on December 31, 2008 and the exercise price,
multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option
holders had all the option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2008. This amount
changes based on the fair market value of the common stock. Total intrinsic value of options
exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $0.4 million and $4.2 million,
respectively.
A summary of the Companys non-vested stock options as of December 31, 2008, and changes
during the fiscal year then ended is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Grant Date |
|
Non-vested Options |
|
Shares |
|
|
Fair Market Value |
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
1,145,399 |
|
|
$ |
11.17 |
|
Granted |
|
|
350,000 |
|
|
$ |
6.01 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(288,903 |
) |
|
$ |
11.09 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(77,810 |
) |
|
$ |
9.90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
1,128,686 |
|
|
$ |
9.68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to
nonvested stock options was approximately $11.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of approximately 3.0 years.
The following table summarizes certain information concerning outstanding options at
December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
Range of Exercise Price |
|
Options Outstanding at December 31, 2008 |
|
$ 4.75 $ 6.85 |
|
|
774,349 |
|
$15.56 $25.95 |
|
|
780,562 |
|
$30.79 $35.42 |
|
|
726,235 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ 4.75 $35.42 |
|
|
2,281,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-27
Restricted Stock
In December 2004, the Company agreed to issue shares of restricted common stock at the
prevailing market price in the amount of $1,000 to the Companys Chief Technology Officer (CTO)
upon the CTOs development of certain software applications. In November 2006, such software had
been completed pursuant to the Companys specifications and the CTO was granted 28,253 shares
(determined by the average NYSE closing price for the 10 days immediately preceding the fifth day
prior to grant). Such shares vest on the fifth anniversary of grant, provided the CTO remains
employed with the Company and satisfactorily maintains and enhances the software.
In March 2007, the Company issued shares of restricted common stock at the prevailing market
price in the amount of $500, or 15,504 shares, to each of the Companys then Chief Executive
Officer and President/Chief Operating Officer, and $60, or 1,966 shares, to each of the five
non-employee directors. The shares of restricted stock issued to the Companys then Chief Executive
Officer and President/Chief Operating Officer will vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date;
the shares of restricted stock granted to the non-employee directors will vest 1 / 12 th per month
over twelve months.
In April 2008, the Company issued shares of restricted common stock at the prevailing market
price in the amount of $917 or 60,000 shares, to the Companys CFO, and $60, or 3,650
shares, to each of the five non-management board members in May of 2008. The shares of restricted
stock issued to the Companys CFO will vest on the fourth anniversary of the grant date; the shares
of restricted stock granted to the non-management board members will vest one year from their grant
date.
12. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
Quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
160,214 |
|
|
$ |
177,783 |
|
|
$ |
176,212 |
|
|
$ |
174,146 |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
67,779 |
|
|
$ |
74,816 |
|
|
$ |
72,664 |
|
|
$ |
71,778 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
16,844 |
|
|
$ |
19,612 |
|
|
$ |
15,945 |
|
|
$ |
16,737 |
|
Net income per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.37 |
|
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
$ |
0.35 |
|
|
$ |
0.37 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.37 |
|
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
$ |
0.35 |
|
|
$ |
0.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
September 30, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
187,443 |
|
|
$ |
184,941 |
|
|
$ |
174,585 |
|
|
$ |
154,018 |
|
Gross profit |
|
$ |
79,603 |
|
|
$ |
79,088 |
|
|
$ |
70,015 |
|
|
$ |
56,566 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
18,498 |
|
|
$ |
18,876 |
|
|
$ |
15,067 |
|
|
$ |
(15,687 |
) |
Net income per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
(0.35 |
) |
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
(0.35 |
) |
F-28
Schedule II
AMERICAN REPROGRAPHICS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Charges to |
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
|
Beginning |
|
|
Cost and |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Deductions |
|
|
End of |
|
|
|
of Period |
|
|
Expenses |
|
|
Accounts
(1) |
|
|
(2) |
|
|
Period |
|
Year ended December 31, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for accounts receivable |
|
$ |
3,172 |
|
|
$ |
599 |
|
|
$ |
1,442 |
|
|
$ |
(869 |
) |
|
$ |
4,344 |
|
Allowance for inventory obsolescence |
|
|
430 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
(86 |
) |
|
|
527 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,602 |
|
|
$ |
667 |
|
|
$ |
1,557 |
|
|
$ |
(955 |
) |
|
$ |
4,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for accounts receivable |
|
$ |
4,344 |
|
|
$ |
1,315 |
|
|
$ |
708 |
|
|
$ |
(1,275 |
) |
|
$ |
5,092 |
|
Allowance for inventory obsolescence |
|
|
527 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
(156 |
) |
|
|
757 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,871 |
|
|
$ |
1,419 |
|
|
$ |
990 |
|
|
$ |
(1,431 |
) |
|
$ |
5,849 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for accounts receivable |
|
$ |
5,092 |
|
|
$ |
4,966 |
|
|
$ |
362 |
|
|
$ |
(4,996 |
) |
|
$ |
5,424 |
|
Allowance for inventory obsolescence |
|
|
757 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
(348 |
) |
|
|
555 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,849 |
|
|
$ |
5,013 |
|
|
$ |
461 |
|
|
$ |
(5,344 |
) |
|
$ |
5,979 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Acquisition of businesses and sales returns and discounts.
|
|
(2) |
|
Deductions represent uncollectible accounts written-off net of recoveries and inventory
adjustments. |
F-29
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.69 |
|
|
Second Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement between American Reprographics
Company and Mr. Rahul K. Roy, effective December 22, 2008. * |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
List of Subsidiaries.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* |
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith
|
|
|
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or agreement |